1 #LyX 1.5.2svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
7 % DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!!
9 % This preamble is designed to ensure that the User's Guide prints
10 % out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble,
11 % parts of the User's Guide may not print out as expected. If you
12 % have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact
13 % the documentation team
14 % email: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
16 \usepackage{ifpdf} % part of the hyperref bundle
17 \ifpdf % if pdflatex is used
19 % set fonts for nicer pdf view
20 \IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}{\usepackage{lmodern}}{%
21 \usepackage[scaled=0.92]{helvet}
23 \usepackage{courier} }
24 % the pages of the TOC are numbered roman
25 % and a pdf-bookmark for the TOC is added
27 \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
28 \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
29 \pdfbookmark[1]{Contents}{}
32 \pagenumbering{arabic} }
33 % link all cross references and URLs in pdf output
34 \usepackage[colorlinks=true, bookmarks, bookmarksnumbered,
35 linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue,
36 pdfpagelayout=OneColumn, pdfnewwindow=true,
37 pdfstartview=XYZ, plainpages=false, pdfpagelabels,
38 pdfauthor={LyX Team}, pdftex,
39 pdftitle={The LyX User's Guide},pdfsubject={LyX},
40 pdfkeywords={LyX}]{hyperref}
42 \else % if dvi or ps is produced
44 % link all cross references and URLs in dvi output
45 \usepackage[ps2pdf]{hyperref}
47 % the pages of the TOC are numbered roman
49 \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
50 \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
51 \pdfbookmark[1]{Contents}{}
54 \pagenumbering{arabic} }
58 % redefine the \LyX macro for PDF bookmarks
59 \def\LyX{\texorpdfstring{%
60 L\kern-.1667em\lower.25em\hbox{Y}\kern-.125emX\@}
63 % define a short command for \textvisiblespace
64 \newcommand{\spce}{\textvisiblespace}
66 % redefine the greyed out note
67 \renewenvironment{lyxgreyedout}
68 {\textcolor{blue}\bgroup}{\egroup}
70 \options intoc,refpage,idxtotoc,BCOR7mm
75 \font_typewriter default
76 \font_default_family default
90 \paperorientation portrait
101 \paragraph_separation indent
103 \quotes_language english
106 \paperpagestyle default
107 \tracking_changes false
108 \output_changes false
124 \begin_layout Standard
126 If you have comments or error corrections, please send them to the LyX Documenta
129 lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
141 \begin_layout Standard
142 \begin_inset Note Note
145 \begin_layout Standard
146 To export this document as PDF, Postscript, or DVI, the LaTeX-package
153 \begin_layout Standard
154 This package should be part of all popular LaTeX-distributions.
162 \begin_layout Standard
163 \begin_inset LatexCommand tableofcontents
170 \begin_layout Chapter
174 \begin_layout Section
178 \begin_layout Standard
179 LyX is a document preparation system.
180 It is a tool for producing beautiful manuscripts, publishable books, business
181 letters and proposals, and even poetry.
182 It is unlike most other
183 \begin_inset Quotes eld
187 \begin_inset Quotes erd
190 in the sense that it uses the paradigm of a markup language as its core
192 That means that when you type a section header, you mark it as a
193 \begin_inset Quotes eld
197 \begin_inset Quotes erd
201 \begin_inset Quotes eld
204 Bold, 17 pt type, left justified, 5 mm space below
205 \begin_inset Quotes erd
209 LyX takes care of the typesetting for you, so you deal only with concepts,
213 \begin_layout Standard
214 This philosophy is explained in much greater detail in the
217 \begin_inset Quotes eld
221 \begin_inset Quotes erd
227 If you haven't read it yet, you need to.
231 \begin_layout Standard
233 \begin_inset Quotes eld
241 \begin_inset Quotes erd
244 describes several things in addition to LyX's philosophy: most importantly,
245 the format of all of the manuals.
246 If you don't read it, you'll have a bear of a time navigating this manual.
247 You might also be better served looking in one of the other manuals instead
250 \begin_inset Quotes eld
258 \begin_inset Quotes erd
264 \begin_layout Section
268 \begin_layout Standard
269 Like most applications, LyX has the familiar menu bar across the top of
271 Below it is a toolbar with a pulldown box and various buttons.
272 There is, of course, a vertical scrollbar and a main work area for editing
274 Near the bottom of the window is a small window containing a single line
281 \begin_inset Quotes eld
285 \begin_inset Quotes erd
293 when you need to type a command in the minibuffer.
296 \begin_layout Standard
297 Note that there is no horizontal scroll bar.
298 This is not a bug or an oversight, but intentional.
299 When you read a book, you expect the end of a line to wrap around to the
301 Text overflows onto new pages in a vertical fashion, hence the need for
302 only a vertical scrollbar.
303 There are three cases where you might want a horizontal scrollbar.
304 The first case is large figures, displayed WYSIWYG\SpecialChar \@.
305 This, however, is due
306 to a flaw in the routine that displays graphics on the LyX screen in a
307 WYSIWYG fashion; it should rescale the graphics to fit in the window, just
308 as you'd need to rescale graphics to fit on a page.
309 The second and third cases are tables and equations which are wider than
311 You can use the arrow keys to scroll horizontally through the table, but
312 this doesn't work for equations yet.
315 \begin_layout Standard
316 For a brief description of all LyX menus and toolbar buttons, have a look
317 at Appendix\InsetSpace ~
319 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
320 reference "cha:The-User-Interface"
325 Most of them are self-explanatory and you'll find them listed in the correspond
326 ing sections of this documentation.
329 \begin_layout Section
333 \begin_layout Standard
334 The help system consists of the LyX manuals.
339 of the manuals from inside LyX.
340 Just select the manual you want read from the
347 \begin_layout Section
349 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
350 name "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
357 \begin_layout Standard
358 There are several features of LyX that can be configured from inside LyX,
359 without resorting to configuration files.
360 First, LyX is able to inspect your system to see what programs, LaTeX document
361 classes and LaTeX packages are available.
362 It uses this knowledge to give reasonable defaults to several
365 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
373 Although this configuration has already been done when LyX was installed
374 on your system, you might have some items that you installed locally, e.g.
375 new LaTeX classes, and which are not seen by LyX.
376 To force LyX to re-inspect your system, you should use
378 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
382 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
383 name "Reconfiguration of LyX"
387 You should then restart LyX to ensure that the changes are taken into account.
390 \begin_layout Section
392 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
393 name "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
400 \begin_layout Standard
401 LyX needs several LaTeX packages to work properly.
402 The packages found on the system by LyX are listed in the file
410 \begin_layout Standard
422 that will be created when using the menu
424 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
429 \begin_layout Standard
440 You should install the required missing packages and then reconfigure LyX.
441 \begin_inset Note Note
444 \begin_layout Standard
445 The two braces in the ERT box prevent that the term
446 \begin_inset Quotes eld
450 \begin_inset Quotes erd
453 is printed with sub- and superscript letters.
454 More on ERT is described in section\InsetSpace ~
456 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
461 , the printout of proper names like LaTeX is explained in section\InsetSpace ~
463 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
464 reference "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
474 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
475 name "Reconfiguration of LyX"
482 \begin_layout Chapter
486 \begin_layout Section
487 Basic File Operations
488 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
489 name "File Operations"
496 \begin_layout Standard
501 menu are basic operations for any word processor in addition to some more
505 \begin_layout Itemize
511 \begin_layout Itemize
523 \begin_layout Itemize
529 \begin_layout Itemize
535 \begin_layout Itemize
541 \begin_layout Itemize
548 \begin_layout Itemize
556 \begin_layout Itemize
563 \begin_layout Itemize
569 \begin_layout Itemize
575 \begin_layout Itemize
581 \begin_layout Itemize
587 \begin_layout Standard
588 They all do pretty much the same thing as in other word processors, with
589 a few minor differences.
592 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
601 command not only prompts you for a name for the new file, but also prompts
602 you for a template to use.
603 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
604 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
605 They can be of use for certain classes, especially those for writing letters
606 (see section\InsetSpace ~
608 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
609 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
616 \begin_layout Standard
618 \begin_inset Quotes eld
622 \begin_inset Quotes erd
626 \begin_inset Quotes eld
630 \begin_inset Quotes erd
634 \begin_inset Quotes eld
638 \begin_inset Quotes erd
641 Unless you tell LyX to open a file or create a new one, that big, blank
642 space is just that --- a big, blank space.
645 \begin_layout Standard
657 are useful if more people work on the same document at the same time
661 \begin_layout Standard
662 If you plan to do this, you should check out the Version Control feature
681 will reload the document from disk.
682 You can of course also use it if you regret that you changed a document
683 and want to restore it to the last save.
689 you can there register the changes you made to a document so that others
690 can identify this as your changes.
693 \begin_layout Section
694 Basic Editing Features
695 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
701 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
702 name "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
709 \begin_layout Standard
710 Like most modern word processors, LyX can perform cut and paste operations
711 on blocks of text, can move by character, word, or screenful of text, and
712 can delete whole words as well as individual characters.
713 The next four sections cover the basic LyX editing features and how to
715 We'll start with cut and paste.
718 \begin_layout Standard
719 As you might expect, the
723 menu has the cut and paste commands, along with various other editing features.
724 Some of these are special and covered in later sections.
728 \begin_layout Itemize
734 \begin_layout Itemize
740 \begin_layout Itemize
746 \begin_layout Itemize
753 \begin_layout Itemize
760 \begin_layout Itemize
768 \begin_layout Standard
769 The first three are self-explanatory.
770 One thing to note: whenever you delete a block of text that you've selected,
771 it's automatically placed in the clipboard.
780 keys also functions as the
785 Also, if you've selected text, be careful.
786 If you hit a key, LyX will completely delete the selected text and replace
787 it with what you just typed.
792 to get back the lost text.
795 \begin_layout Standard
796 You can also copy text between LyX and other programs by cut, copy and paste.
802 shows you a list with the last strings you have pasted.
805 \begin_layout Standard
808 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
810 Special\SpecialChar \menuseparator
812 Text, Join\InsetSpace ~
815 will insert the text in the clipboard so that the whole text is inserted
821 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
827 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
828 will start a new paragraph.
831 \begin_layout Standard
832 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
833 name "Dialogs ! Find \\& Replace"
839 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
851 Once you've found a word or expression, LyX selects it.
856 button replaces the selected text with the contents of the
867 button to skip the current word.
873 to replace all occurrences of the text in the document automatically.
879 option can be used if you want the search to consider the case of the search
881 If the toggle is set, searching for
882 \begin_inset Quotes eld
890 \begin_inset Quotes erd
893 will not match the word
894 \begin_inset Quotes eld
902 \begin_inset Quotes erd
908 Match whole words only
910 option can be used to force LyX to only find complete words.
912 \begin_inset Quotes eld
920 \begin_inset Quotes erd
924 \begin_inset Quotes eld
932 \begin_inset Quotes erd
938 \begin_layout Section
940 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
946 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
952 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
953 name "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
960 \begin_layout Standard
961 If you make a mistake, you can easily recover from it.
962 LyX has a large-capacity undo/redo buffer.
965 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
968 to undo some mistake.
969 If you accidentally undo too much, use
971 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
975 \begin_inset Quotes eld
979 \begin_inset Quotes erd
982 The undo mechanism is currently limited to 100 steps to minimize memory
987 \begin_layout Standard
988 Notice that if you revert back all changes to arrive to the document as
989 it was last saved, the
990 \begin_inset Quotes eld
994 \begin_inset Quotes erd
997 status of the document is unfortunately not reset.
998 This is a consequence of the 100 step undo limit, above.
1001 \begin_layout Standard
1010 work on almost everything in LyX.
1011 They have some quirks, too.
1020 text character by character, but by blocks of text.
1021 That can take some getting used to; you'll have to play with
1029 to get a feel for just how much they'll undo/redo, and after time, you'll
1030 surely appreciate how it works.
1033 \begin_layout Section
1035 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
1036 name "Mouse Operations"
1043 \begin_layout Standard
1044 This are the most basic mouse operations.
1047 \begin_layout Enumerate
1052 \begin_layout Itemize
1057 once anywhere in the edit window.
1058 The cursor moves to the text under the mouse.
1062 \begin_layout Enumerate
1067 \begin_layout Itemize
1073 LyX marks the text between the old and new mouse positions.
1076 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1079 to create a copy of the text in LyX's buffer (and the clipboard).
1082 \begin_layout Itemize
1083 Re-position the cursor and then paste the text back into LyX using
1085 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1092 \begin_layout Enumerate
1093 Insets (Footnotes, Notes, Floats, etc.)
1097 \begin_layout Standard
1102 the left mouse button to open or close any of these.
1103 Right-click on them to set its properties.
1104 Also check the appropriate section of this manual for more details.
1108 \begin_layout Enumerate
1113 \begin_layout Standard
1118 the right mouse button to open a dialog that will allow you to manipulate
1123 \begin_layout Section
1125 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
1126 name "sec:Key-Bindings"
1131 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
1139 \begin_layout Standard
1140 We're not going to cover all of the keybindings.
1141 Be aware that there are at least two different primary binding maps: CUA
1143 LyX's default is CUA.
1146 \begin_layout Standard
1173 , do exactly what you expect them to do.
1177 \begin_layout Labeling
1178 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1182 \begin_inset LatexCommand nomenclature
1184 description "Tabulator key"
1190 There is no such thing as a tab stop in LyX.
1191 If you don't understand this, go read sections\InsetSpace ~
1193 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
1194 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
1199 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
1200 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
1204 , especially section\InsetSpace ~
1206 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
1207 reference "sub:Lists"
1213 If you're still confused, look in the
1220 \begin_layout Labeling
1221 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1225 \begin_inset LatexCommand nomenclature
1227 description "Escape key"
1234 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1238 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1241 It's used, generically, to cancel operations.
1242 Other parts of the manual will go into greater detail about this.
1245 \begin_layout Labeling
1246 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1257 These move the cursor, respectively, to the beginning and end of a line,
1258 unless you are using the Emacs bindings where they jump to the beginning
1262 \begin_layout Standard
1263 There are three modifier keys:
1266 \begin_layout Labeling
1267 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1273 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1281 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1285 \begin_inset LatexCommand nomenclature
1287 description "Control key"
1291 in the documentation files) This has a couple of different uses, depending
1292 on which keys it's used in combination with:
1296 \begin_layout Itemize
1305 , it deletes an entire word instead of a single character.
1308 \begin_layout Itemize
1317 , it moves by words instead of characters.
1320 \begin_layout Itemize
1329 , it moves to the beginning and the end of the document, respectively.
1333 \begin_layout Labeling
1334 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1340 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1348 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1352 \begin_inset LatexCommand nomenclature
1354 description "Shift key"
1358 in the documentation files) Use this with any of the motion keys to select
1359 the text between the old and new cursor positions.
1362 \begin_layout Labeling
1363 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1369 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1377 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1381 \begin_inset LatexCommand nomenclature
1383 description "Meta or Alt key"
1387 in the documentation files) This is the Alt key on many keyboards, unless
1388 your keyboard has a distinct Meta key.
1389 If you have both keys, you will need to try out which one actually performs
1395 This key does many different things, but it also activates the
1397 menu accelerator keys
1400 If you use this in combination with any of the underlined letters in a
1401 menu or menu item, it selects that menu item.
1405 \begin_layout Standard
1406 For example, the sequence
1407 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1422 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1430 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1434 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1439 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1448 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1458 \begin_layout Standard
1459 There are also other things bound to the
1463 key, but you'll have to check in the
1475 \begin_layout Standard
1476 You'll learn more and more keybindings and short-cut keys as you use LyX,
1477 because most actions will prompt a small message in the status bar at the
1478 bottom of LyX's main window which describe the name of the action, you've
1479 just triggered, and any existing keybindings for that action.
1480 The notation for the keybindings is very similar to the notation used in
1481 this documentation, so you should not have any problems understanding it.
1482 However, notice that Shift-modifiers are explicitly mentioned, so
1485 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1491 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1498 followed by a capital
1504 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1512 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1522 \begin_layout Chapter
1524 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
1532 \begin_layout Section
1534 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
1535 name "Document ! Types"
1542 \begin_layout Subsection
1546 \begin_layout Standard
1547 Before you do anything else, before you ever start writing a document, you
1548 need to decide what type of document you want to edit.
1549 Different types of documents use different types of spacing, headings,
1550 numbering schemes, and so on.
1551 Additionally, different documents use different paragraph environments,
1552 and format the title of your document differently.
1555 \begin_layout Standard
1560 describes a group of properties common to a particular set of documents.
1561 By setting the document class, you automatically select these properties,
1562 making it easier to create the type of document you want.
1563 If you don't choose a document class, LyX picks one for you by default.
1564 So, it behooves you to change the class of your document.
1567 \begin_layout Standard
1568 Read on for info about the document classes you can choose from LyX, and
1569 how to adjust their properties.
1572 \begin_layout Subsection
1574 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
1575 name "Document ! Classes"
1580 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
1581 name "sec:Document-Classes"
1588 \begin_layout Subsubsection
1592 \begin_layout Standard
1593 There are four standard document classes in LyX.
1597 \begin_layout Description
1598 Article for basic articles
1601 \begin_layout Description
1602 Report for basic reports
1605 \begin_layout Description
1606 Book for writing a book
1609 \begin_layout Description
1610 Letter for US-style letters
1613 \begin_layout Standard
1614 There are also some non-standard classes, which LyX only uses if you have
1616 Here are some of the classes, the full list with detailed explanations
1617 can be found in chapter
1619 Special Document Classes
1628 \begin_layout Description
1629 A&A Journal articles in the style and format used in Astronomy & Astrophysics
1632 \begin_layout Description
1639 \begin_layout Standard
1648 eX For submissions to the journals published by the American Astronomical
1652 \begin_layout Description
1653 AMS Layouts for articles and books in the style and format used by the American
1654 Mathematical Society (AMS).
1655 There are three article layouts available.
1656 The standard one uses a typical numbering scheme for theorems etc., that
1657 prepends the section number to the number of the result.
1658 All result-type statements (propositions, corollaries, and so on) are sequenced
1659 together, but definitions, examples, and the like have their own sequence.
1661 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1664 sequential numbering
1665 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1668 scheme does not place the section number with each result, but numbers
1669 them throughout the article in a single sequence.
1670 Each type of result gets its own sequence.
1671 There is also a layout that dispenses with numbering of statements altogether.
1674 \begin_layout Description
1675 Beamer Layout for presentations
1678 \begin_layout Description
1679 broadway Layout for writing plays.
1680 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
1684 \begin_layout Description
1685 curiculum\InsetSpace ~
1686 vitae classes to create curriculum vitae
1689 \begin_layout Description
1690 Dinbrief Letters in format of the DIN (German industry norm)
1693 \begin_layout Description
1696 Die TeXnische Komödie
1698 , the journal of the German TeX user Group (Dante)
1701 \begin_layout Description
1702 Elsevier Layout for journals of the Elsevier publishing group
1705 \begin_layout Description
1706 Foils Used to make transparencies
1709 \begin_layout Description
1710 g-brief Letters in format of the DIN (German industry norm)
1713 \begin_layout Description
1714 hollywood Used to type spec scripts for the US film industry.
1715 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
1719 \begin_layout Description
1720 IEEEtran Layout for the journals published by the Institute of Electrical
1721 and Electronics Engineers (IEEE)
1724 \begin_layout Description
1725 IOP Layout for journals of the Institute of Physics publishing group
1728 \begin_layout Description
1729 Kluwer Layout for journals of the Kluwer publishing group
1732 \begin_layout Description
1733 koma-script a replacement for the standard classes, offers many useful features
1734 like caption formatting, automatic print space calculation etc.
1737 \begin_layout Description
1738 Memoir another replacement for the standard classes
1741 \begin_layout Description
1746 LaTeX document class
1749 \begin_layout Description
1750 Powerdot Layout for presentations
1753 \begin_layout Description
1758 \begin_layout Standard
1765 X is used to write articles for the publications of the American Physical
1766 Society (APS), American Institute of Physics (AIP), and Optical Society
1768 This class is not completely compatible with all LyX features.
1771 \begin_layout Description
1772 Slides Used to make transparencies
1775 \begin_layout Description
1777 Proceedings Layout for the journals published by The International Society
1778 for Optical Engineering (SPIE)
1781 \begin_layout Description
1782 Springer Layouts for journals of the Springer publishing group
1785 \begin_layout Description
1790 , the journal of the international TeX user Group (TUG)
1793 \begin_layout Standard
1794 We won't go into any detail about how to use these different document classes
1796 You can find all the details about the non-standard classes in the
1801 Here, we will settle with a list of some of the common properties of all
1802 of the document classes.
1805 \begin_layout Subsubsection
1809 \begin_layout Standard
1810 You can select a class using the
1812 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1814 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
1815 name "Document ! Settings"
1822 Select the class you want to use, and make any fine tunings of the options
1826 \begin_layout Subsubsection
1830 \begin_layout Standard
1831 Each class has a default set of options.
1832 Here's a quick table describing them:
1835 \begin_layout Standard
1836 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
1842 \begin_layout Standard
1844 \begin_inset Tabular
1845 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="5">
1847 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
1848 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
1849 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
1850 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
1851 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
1852 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
1853 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
1856 \begin_layout Standard
1862 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
1865 \begin_layout Standard
1880 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
1883 \begin_layout Standard
1898 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
1901 \begin_layout Standard
1916 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
1919 \begin_layout Standard
1935 <row topline="true">
1936 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
1939 \begin_layout Standard
1953 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
1956 \begin_layout Standard
1971 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
1974 \begin_layout Standard
1989 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
1992 \begin_layout Standard
2007 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2010 \begin_layout Standard
2026 <row topline="true">
2027 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2030 \begin_layout Standard
2044 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2047 \begin_layout Standard
2062 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2065 \begin_layout Standard
2080 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2083 \begin_layout Standard
2098 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2101 \begin_layout Standard
2117 <row topline="true">
2118 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2121 \begin_layout Standard
2135 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2138 \begin_layout Standard
2153 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2156 \begin_layout Standard
2171 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2174 \begin_layout Standard
2189 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2192 \begin_layout Standard
2208 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
2209 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2212 \begin_layout Standard
2226 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2229 \begin_layout Standard
2244 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2247 \begin_layout Standard
2262 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2265 \begin_layout Standard
2280 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2283 \begin_layout Standard
2305 \begin_layout Standard
2306 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
2312 \begin_layout Standard
2313 You're probably also wondering what
2314 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2319 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2323 There are several paragraph environments used to create section headings.
2324 Different document classes allow different types of section headings.
2329 heading; the rest do not and begin instead with the
2334 Some document classes, such as the ones for letters, don't use any section
2344 headings, there are also
2352 headings, and so on.
2353 We'll describe these headings fully in section\InsetSpace ~
2355 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
2356 reference "sub:Headings"
2363 \begin_layout Subsection
2365 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2366 name "Document ! Layout"
2371 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
2372 name "sub:Document-Layout"
2379 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2380 name "Document ! Settings"
2387 \begin_layout Standard
2388 The most important properties of documents classes are set in the menu
2390 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2400 Documents\InsetSpace ~
2403 , you can enter special options for your document class in a comma-separated
2405 This is only necessary if LyX doesn't support special options you want
2406 to use for your document.
2407 To learn more about your favorite LaTeX-class and its options, you have
2411 \begin_layout Standard
2421 controls what sorts of headings and page numbers go on a page.
2422 You can choose between the following five options:
2425 \begin_layout Labeling
2426 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2431 Use default pagestyle of current class.
2434 \begin_layout Labeling
2435 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2440 No page numbers or headings.
2443 \begin_layout Labeling
2444 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2452 \begin_layout Labeling
2453 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2458 Page numbers and either the current chapter or section title and number.
2459 Whether LyX uses the current chapter or the current section depends on
2460 the maximum sectioning level of the class.
2463 \begin_layout Labeling
2464 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2469 This allows you to create fully customizable headers and footers if you
2473 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2474 name "LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr"
2481 At the moment, support in LyX is limited to this setting.
2482 To use the full power of this package, you have to add code to your document
2484 Check the documentation for the
2488 package for more details,
2489 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
2497 \begin_layout Standard
2502 of paragraphs is described in section\InsetSpace ~
2504 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
2505 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
2512 \begin_layout Subsection
2513 Paper Size and Orientation
2514 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2515 name "Document ! Paper size"
2520 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
2521 name "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
2528 \begin_layout Standard
2529 You'll find the following options in the menu
2534 of the dialog of the
2536 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2542 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2543 name "Document ! Settings"
2550 \begin_layout Labeling
2551 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2556 What size paper to print on.
2560 \begin_layout Itemize
2566 \begin_layout Itemize
2576 \begin_layout Itemize
2582 \begin_layout Itemize
2588 \begin_layout Itemize
2594 \begin_layout Itemize
2600 \begin_layout Itemize
2606 \begin_layout Labeling
2607 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2612 Two toggle buttons choose whether to print the output as
2623 \begin_layout Labeling
2624 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2627 Two-sided\InsetSpace ~
2630 Adjusts the print space to print both sides of paper.
2631 That means that the print space for odd- and even-numbered pages is different.
2634 \begin_layout Subsection
2636 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2637 name "Document ! Margins"
2642 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
2648 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2656 \begin_layout Standard
2657 Paper margins are set in the menu
2659 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2665 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2666 name "Document ! Settings"
2673 \begin_layout Standard
2674 If you use a koma-script document class, you can use the default settings.
2675 Because koma-script calculates then the printspace automatically by taking
2676 the paper format and the font size into account.
2679 \begin_layout Subsection
2683 \begin_layout Standard
2684 If you change a document class, LyX has to convert
2689 That includes the paragraph environments.
2690 Some paragraph environments are standard; all of the document classes have
2691 them; but some classes have special paragraph environments.
2692 If this is the case, and you change the document class, LyX sets the missing
2693 paragraph environments to
2697 and places an error box at the beginning of the paragraph.
2698 Just click on them and you'll get a message dialog that tells you about
2699 the conversion and why it failed.
2702 \begin_layout Section
2703 Paragraph Indentation and Separation
2704 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2705 name "Paragraph ! Indentation"
2712 \begin_layout Subsection
2714 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
2715 name "sec:Par-indent-intro"
2722 \begin_layout Standard
2723 Before describing all of the various paragraph environments, we'd like to
2724 say a word or two about paragraph indentation.
2727 \begin_layout Standard
2728 Everyone seems to have their own convention for separating paragraphs.
2729 Most Americans indent the first line of a paragraph.
2730 Others don't indent but put extra space between the paragraphs.
2731 If you choose indentation for paragraphs the
2735 paragraph of a section, or after a figure, an equation, a table, a list,
2741 Only a paragraph following another paragraph gets indented.
2742 Note that the indentation behavior is different when you use another document
2743 language than English.
2744 LaTeX takes care that the indentation follows the rules of the used language.
2747 \begin_layout Standard
2748 The space between paragraphs, like the line spacing, the space between headings
2749 and text --- in fact, all of the spacings for just about everything are
2751 As we said, you don't worry about how much space to add between what.
2752 LyX takes care of that.
2753 In fact, these pre-coded vertical spacings aren't a single number but a
2755 That way, LyX can squish or stretch the space between lines to make sure
2756 figures fit on a page with text, so that sections don't start at the bottom
2757 of a page, and so on.
2761 \begin_layout Standard
2762 LaTeX does this when LyX goes to produce a printable file.
2767 However, pre-coded doesn't mean you can't change them.
2768 LyX gives you the ability to globally change
2772 of these pre-coded spacings.
2773 We'll explain more later.
2776 \begin_layout Subsection
2777 Paragraph Separation
2778 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2779 name "Paragraph ! Separation"
2786 \begin_layout Standard
2787 To separate paragraphs, select
2802 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2804 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2805 name "Document ! Settings"
2811 to indent paragraphs or add extra space between paragraphs, respectively.
2812 The size of the skips can be defined in the dialog, for the indentation
2813 you have to add this line to your document preamble:
2816 \begin_layout Standard
2826 \begin_layout Standard
2827 where length is a value in one of the units listed in Appendix\InsetSpace ~
2829 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
2830 reference "cap:Units"
2835 The default length is 30\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
2839 \begin_layout Subsection
2843 \begin_layout Standard
2844 You can also change the separation method of a single paragraph.
2847 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2848 Paragraph\InsetSpace ~
2851 dialog and toggle the
2856 option to change the state of the current paragraph.
2857 If paragraphs have no indentation but use extra space for separation, this
2858 button will be ignored (you can't indent a single paragraph by toggling
2862 \begin_layout Standard
2863 You should only need to change the indentation method for a single paragraph
2864 if you need to do some fine-tuning.
2867 \begin_layout Subsection
2869 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2870 name "Paragraph ! Line spacing"
2877 \begin_layout Standard
2880 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2882 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2883 name "Document ! Settings"
2889 dialog you can set the line spacing in the submenu
2898 \begin_layout Standard
2899 You need to have the LaTeX-package
2902 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2903 name "LaTeX-packages ! setspace"
2909 installed to use this feature.
2917 \begin_layout Section
2918 Paragraph Environments
2919 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2920 name "Paragraph ! Environments"
2925 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
2926 name "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
2931 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2932 name "Paragraph environments|("
2939 \begin_layout Subsection
2943 \begin_layout Standard
2944 The paragraph environments correspond to the various
2947 \begin_layout Standard
2967 command sequences in an ordinary LaTeX file.
2968 If you don't know LaTeX, or the concept of a paragraph environment is totally
2969 alien to you, we urge you to read the
2978 also contains many more examples than this section does.
2981 \begin_layout Standard
2982 A paragraph environment is simply a
2983 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2987 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2990 for a paragraph which gives that paragraph certain properties.
2991 This can include a particular style of font, different margins, a numbering
2992 scheme, labels, and so on.
2993 Additionally, you can
2994 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2998 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3001 the different environments inside one another, allowing one environment
3002 to inherit some of the properties of another.
3003 The different paragraph environments totally replace the need for messy
3004 tab stops, on the fly margin adjustment, and other hold-overs from the
3005 days of typewriters.
3006 There are several paragraph environments which are specific to a particular
3008 We'll only be covering the most common ones here.
3011 \begin_layout Standard
3012 To choose a new paragraph environment, use the pull-down box on the left
3014 LyX will change the environment of the
3018 paragraph in which the cursor sits.
3019 You can also change the environment of an entire group of paragraphs if
3020 you select them before choosing the new environment.
3024 \begin_layout Standard
3033 create a new paragraph using the
3037 paragraph environment.
3039 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3043 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3046 because if you are in one of these environments:
3049 \begin_layout Itemize
3055 \begin_layout Itemize
3061 \begin_layout Itemize
3067 \begin_layout Itemize
3073 \begin_layout Itemize
3079 \begin_layout Itemize
3085 \begin_layout Itemize
3091 \begin_layout Standard
3092 LyX keeps the old paragraph environment when you hit
3096 , rather than resetting it to
3101 LyX will still reset the nesting depth, however.
3102 Usually, starting a new paragraph resets both the paragraph environment
3103 and the nesting depth (for more on nesting see section\InsetSpace ~
3105 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
3106 reference "sec:Nesting"
3111 At the moment, all this is context-specific; you're better off expecting
3116 to reset the paragraph environment and depth.
3117 If you want a new paragraph to keep the current environment and depth,
3125 \begin_layout Subsection
3129 \begin_layout Standard
3130 The default paragraph environment is
3135 It creates a plain paragraph.
3136 If LyX resets the paragraph environment, this is the one it chooses.
3137 In fact, the paragraph you're reading right now (and most of the ones in
3138 this manual) are in the
3145 \begin_layout Standard
3146 You can nest a paragraph using the
3150 environment in just about anything else, but you can't really nest anything
3158 \begin_layout Subsection
3160 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
3161 name "Document !Title"
3168 \begin_layout Standard
3169 A LaTeX title page has three parts: the title itself, the name(s) of the
3171 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3175 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3178 for thanks or contact information.
3179 For certain types of documents, LaTeX places all of this on a separate
3180 page along with today's date.
3181 For other types of documents, the title
3182 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3186 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3189 goes at the top of the first page of the document.
3193 \begin_layout Standard
3194 LyX provides an interface to the title page commands through the paragraph
3208 Here's how you use them:
3211 \begin_layout Itemize
3212 Put the title of your document in the
3219 \begin_layout Itemize
3220 Put the author name in the
3227 \begin_layout Itemize
3228 If you want the date to have a certain appearance, want to use a fixed date,
3229 or want other text to appear in place of today's date, put that text in
3235 Note that using this environment is optional.
3236 If you don't provide any, LaTeX will automatically insert today's date.
3237 If you don't want any date, add the line
3247 to the preamble of your document (menu
3249 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3255 \begin_layout Standard
3256 You can use footnotes to insert
3257 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3261 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3264 or contact informations.
3267 \begin_layout Subsection
3269 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
3270 name "Section headings"
3275 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
3283 \begin_layout Standard
3284 There are several paragraph environments for producing section headings.
3285 LyX takes care of the numbering for you.
3288 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3290 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
3291 name "Section headings ! Numbered"
3298 \begin_layout Standard
3299 There are 7 numbered types of section headings.
3303 \begin_layout Enumerate
3309 \begin_layout Enumerate
3315 \begin_layout Enumerate
3321 \begin_layout Enumerate
3327 \begin_layout Enumerate
3333 \begin_layout Enumerate
3339 \begin_layout Enumerate
3345 \begin_layout Standard
3346 LyX labels each heading with a series of numbers, separated by periods.
3347 The numbers describe where in the document you are.
3348 Unlike the other headings, parts are numbered with Latin letters.
3351 \begin_layout Standard
3352 Headings all subdivide your document into different pieces of text.
3353 For example, suppose you're writing a book.
3354 You group the book into chapters.
3355 LyX does similar grouping:
3358 \begin_layout Itemize
3363 is divided in either
3372 \begin_layout Itemize
3384 \begin_layout Itemize
3396 \begin_layout Itemize
3408 \begin_layout Itemize
3420 \begin_layout Itemize
3432 \begin_layout Standard
3433 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
3436 \begin_layout Standard
3441 Not all document types use the
3445 heading as the maximum sectioning level.
3450 is the top-level heading.
3458 \begin_layout Standard
3463 environment to label a new sub-subsection, LyX labels it with its number,
3464 along with the number of the subsection, section, and, if applicable, chapter
3466 For example: the fifth section of the second chapter of this book has the
3468 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3472 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3478 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3480 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
3481 name "Section headings ! Unnumbered"
3488 \begin_layout Standard
3489 There are 5 types of unnumbered section headings.
3493 \begin_layout Enumerate
3499 \begin_layout Enumerate
3505 \begin_layout Enumerate
3511 \begin_layout Enumerate
3517 \begin_layout Enumerate
3523 \begin_layout Standard
3525 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3529 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3532 after each name means that these headings are not numbered.
3533 They work the same as their numbered counterparts but won't appear in the
3534 table of contents, see section\InsetSpace ~
3536 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
3544 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3545 Changing the Numbering
3546 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
3547 name "sub:Numbering-depth"
3554 \begin_layout Standard
3555 You can also alter which sectioning levels get numbered and which ones appear
3556 in the Table of Contents.
3557 Now, this doesn't remove any of the levels; that's preset in the document
3559 Certain classes start with
3573 Similarly, not all document classes number all sectioning levels.
3583 This is something you can change.
3586 \begin_layout Standard
3589 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3595 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
3596 name "Document ! Settings"
3604 Numbering\InsetSpace ~
3608 you'll see two counters.
3613 controls how far down in the sectioning hierarchy LyX numbers a section
3615 The other one controls the appearance of the section headings in the table
3619 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3620 Short Titles of Headings
3621 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
3622 name "Section headings ! Short titles"
3630 \begin_layout Standard
3637 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
3638 name "sec:Short-Titles"
3645 \begin_layout Standard
3646 Some section or chapter titles, such as this one, can get quite long.
3647 This can cause troubles when there is limited horizontal space.
3648 For example, if the header of the page is set to show the current section
3649 title, a long title will protrude over the page margins and look awful.
3652 \begin_layout Standard
3653 LaTeX allows you to specify a short title for section headings.
3654 This short title is used in the header and in the actual table of contents,
3655 avoiding the problem mentioned.
3656 To specify a short title, use the menu
3658 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3663 This will insert a box labeled
3664 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3668 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3672 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3676 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3679 ) which you can use to enter the short title text.
3680 This also works for captions inside floats.
3683 \begin_layout Standard
3684 The title of this section is a good example of using this feature.
3687 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3691 \begin_layout Standard
3692 The following information applies to all section headings:
3695 \begin_layout Itemize
3696 You cannot do any nesting with these environments.
3699 \begin_layout Itemize
3700 You cannot use a margin note in any of these environments.
3703 \begin_layout Itemize
3704 You can only use inline math in these environments.
3707 \begin_layout Itemize
3708 You can use labels and cross-references to refer to their numbers.
3711 \begin_layout Subsection
3712 Quotes and Poetryline spacing
3715 \begin_layout Standard
3716 LyX has three paragraph environments for writing poetry and quotations.
3730 Forget the days of changing line spacing and twiddling with margins.
3731 These three paragraph environments already have those changes built-in.
3732 They all widen the left margin and add a bit of extra space above and below
3733 the text they contain.
3734 They also allow nesting, so you can put a
3742 , as well as in some other paragraph environments.
3745 \begin_layout Standard
3746 There is another feature of these three paragraph environments: they do
3755 when you start a new paragraph.
3756 So, you can type in that poem and merrily hit
3760 without worrying about the paragraph environment changing on you.
3761 Of course, that means that, once you're done typing in that poem, you have
3762 to change back to the
3766 environment yourself.
3769 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3779 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
3785 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
3793 \begin_layout Standard
3794 Now that we've described the similarities of these three environments, it's
3795 time for the differences.
3804 are identical except for one difference:
3808 uses extra spacing to separate paragraphs and never indents the first line.
3817 indents the first line of a paragraph and uses the same line spacing throughout.
3820 \begin_layout Standard
3821 Here's an example of the
3834 I can keep writing, extending this line out further and further until it
3836 See -- no indentation!
3840 Here's the second paragraph of this quote.
3841 Again, there's no indentation, but there is extra space between me and
3842 the other paragraph.
3845 \begin_layout Standard
3846 Here's another example, this time in the
3853 \begin_layout Quotation
3859 If I keep writing, you'll see the indentation.
3860 If your country uses a writing style that shows off new paragraphs by indenting
3861 the first line, then
3865 is the environment for you! Well, you'd use it
3869 you were quoting other text.
3872 \begin_layout Quotation
3873 Here's a new paragraph.
3874 I could ramble on and on, like a politician at election time.
3875 If I did that, though, you'd get bored.
3878 \begin_layout Standard
3879 As the examples show,
3883 is for those people who use extra space to separate paragraphs.
3884 They should put quotes in the
3889 Those who use indentation to mark a new paragraph should use the
3893 paragraph environment for quoted text.
3896 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3902 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
3903 name "Paragraph ! Verse"
3910 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
3916 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
3924 \begin_layout Standard
3929 is a paragraph environment for poetry, rhymes, verses, and so on.
3936 Which I did not rehearse!
3940 It could be much worse.
3941 This line could be long, very long, oh so long, so very long that it wraps
3943 It looks okay on screen, but in the printed version, the extra lines are
3944 indented a bit more than the first.
3945 Okay, so it's turned to prose and doesn't rhyme anymore.
3952 And make things look fine
3961 \begin_layout Standard
3966 does not indent both margins.
3967 Each stanza of the verse or poem is in its own paragraph.
3968 To separate the individual lines of a stanza, use the
3979 \begin_layout Subsection
3981 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
3987 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
3995 \begin_layout Standard
3996 LyX has four different paragraph environments for creating different kinds
4006 environments, LyX labels your list items with bullets or numbers, respectively.
4015 environments, LyX lets you provide your own label.
4016 We'll present the individual details of each type of list next after describing
4017 some general features of all four of them.
4020 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4024 \begin_layout Standard
4025 The four paragraph environments for lists differ from the other environments
4027 First, LyX treats each paragraph as a list item.
4036 reset the environment to
4040 but keeps the current environment and creates a new list item.
4041 The nesting depth is typically reset, however.
4042 If you want to keep both the current nesting depth and paragraph environment,
4047 to break paragraphs.
4050 \begin_layout Standard
4051 You can nest lists of any type inside one another.
4052 In fact, LyX changes the labels on some list items depending on how it
4054 If you intend to use any of the list paragraph environments, we suggest
4055 you read all of section\InsetSpace ~
4057 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
4058 reference "sec:Nesting"
4066 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4072 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
4073 name "Lists ! Itemize"
4078 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
4086 \begin_layout Standard
4087 The first type of list we'll describe in detail is the
4091 paragraph environment.
4092 It has the following properties:
4095 \begin_layout Itemize
4096 Each item has a particular bullet or symbol as its label.
4100 \begin_layout Itemize
4101 LyX uses the same symbol for all of the items in a given nesting level.
4104 \begin_layout Itemize
4105 The symbol appears at the beginning of the first line.
4109 \begin_layout Itemize
4110 The items can have any length.
4111 LyX automatically offsets the left margin of each item.
4112 The offset is always relative to whatever environment the
4119 \begin_layout Itemize
4124 environment inside another
4128 environment, the label changes to a new symbol.
4132 \begin_layout Itemize
4133 There are four different symbols for up to a four-fold nesting.
4136 \begin_layout Itemize
4137 LyX always shows the same symbol on screen.
4140 \begin_layout Itemize
4141 See section\InsetSpace ~
4143 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
4144 reference "sec:Nesting"
4148 for a full explanation of nesting.
4152 \begin_layout Standard
4153 Of course, that explanation was also an example of an
4162 environment is best suited for lists where the order doesn't matter.
4165 \begin_layout Standard
4166 We said that different levels use different symbols as their label.
4167 Here's an example of all four possible symbols.
4168 Note that those of you reading this manual within LyX won't see any difference.
4171 \begin_layout Itemize
4172 The label for the first level
4176 is a large black dot, or bullet.
4180 \begin_layout Itemize
4181 The label for the second level is a dash.
4185 \begin_layout Itemize
4186 The label for the third is an asterisk.
4190 \begin_layout Itemize
4191 The label for the fourth is a centered dot.
4195 \begin_layout Itemize
4196 Back out to the third level.
4200 \begin_layout Itemize
4201 Back to the second level.
4205 \begin_layout Itemize
4206 Back to the outermost level.
4209 \begin_layout Standard
4210 These are the default labels for an
4215 You can customize these labels in the
4217 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4220 dialog in the submenu
4227 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
4228 name "Document ! Settings"
4235 \begin_layout Standard
4236 Notice how the space between items decreases with increasing depth.
4237 We'll explain nesting and all the tricks you can do with different depths
4238 in section\InsetSpace ~
4240 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
4241 reference "sec:Nesting"
4248 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4254 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
4255 name "Lists ! Enumerate"
4260 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
4261 name "sec:Enumerate"
4268 \begin_layout Standard
4273 environment is used to create numbered lists and outlines.
4274 It has these properties:
4277 \begin_layout Enumerate
4278 Each item has a numeral as its label.
4282 \begin_layout Enumerate
4283 The type of numeral depends on the nesting depth.
4287 \begin_layout Enumerate
4288 LyX automatically counts the items for you and updates the label as appropriate.
4291 \begin_layout Enumerate
4296 environment resets the counter to one.
4299 \begin_layout Enumerate
4312 \begin_layout Enumerate
4313 Offsets the items relative to the left margin.
4314 Items can have any length.
4317 \begin_layout Enumerate
4318 Reduces the space between items as the nesting depth increases.
4321 \begin_layout Enumerate
4322 Uses different types of labels depending on the nesting depth.
4325 \begin_layout Enumerate
4326 Allows up to a four-fold nesting.
4330 \begin_layout Standard
4339 shows the different labels for each item in LyX.
4340 Here is how LyX labels the four different levels in an
4347 \begin_layout Enumerate
4348 The first level of an
4352 uses Arabic numerals followed by a period.
4356 \begin_layout Enumerate
4357 The second level uses lower case letters surrounded by parentheses.
4361 \begin_layout Enumerate
4362 The third level uses lower-case Roman numerals followed by a period.
4366 \begin_layout Enumerate
4367 The fourth level uses capital letters followed by a period.
4370 \begin_layout Enumerate
4371 Again, notice the decrease in the spacing between items as the nesting depth
4376 \begin_layout Enumerate
4377 Back to the third level
4381 \begin_layout Enumerate
4382 Back to the second level.
4386 \begin_layout Enumerate
4387 Back to the outermost level.
4390 \begin_layout Standard
4391 Once again, you can customize the type of numbering used in the
4396 It involves adding commands to the LaTeX preamble (see the
4401 As stated earlier, such customization only shows up in the printed version,
4405 \begin_layout Standard
4406 There is more to nesting
4410 environments than we've stated here.
4411 You should read section\InsetSpace ~
4413 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
4414 reference "sec:Nesting"
4418 to learn more about nesting.
4421 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4427 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
4428 name "Lists ! Description"
4433 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
4434 name "sec:Description-List"
4441 \begin_layout Standard
4442 Unlike the previous two environments, the
4446 list has no fixed label.
4447 Instead, LyX uses the first
4448 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4452 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4455 of the first line as the label.
4459 \begin_layout Description
4460 Example: This is an example of the
4467 \begin_layout Standard
4468 LyX typesets the label in boldface and puts extra space between it and the
4472 \begin_layout Standard
4474 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4478 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4481 it is meant that the first hit of the
4485 key ends the label if you are at the beginning of the first line of an
4487 If you need to use more than one word in the label use a
4498 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4499 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4500 Protected\InsetSpace ~
4503 , see section\InsetSpace ~
4505 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
4506 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
4510 for more info.) Here is an example:
4513 \begin_layout Description
4515 Example: This one shows how to use a
4517 Protected\InsetSpace ~
4527 \begin_layout Description
4528 Usage: You should use the
4532 environment for things like definitions and theorems.
4533 Use it when you need to make one word in particular stand out in the text
4535 It's not a good idea to use a
4539 environment when you have an entire sentence that you want to describe.
4540 You're better off using
4552 paragraphs into them.
4555 \begin_layout Description
4556 Nesting: You can nest
4560 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
4564 \begin_layout Standard
4565 Notice that after the first line, LyX indents subsequent lines, offsetting
4566 them from the first line.
4569 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4575 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
4576 name "Lists ! LyX list"
4581 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
4589 \begin_layout Standard
4594 environment is a LyX extension to LaTeX.
4598 \begin_layout Standard
4607 environment has user-defined labels for each list item.
4608 There are the following properties of this list environment:
4611 \begin_layout Labeling
4612 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
4614 labels LyX uses the first
4615 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4619 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4622 of each line as the item label.
4627 after the beginning of the first line of an item marks the end of the label.
4628 If you need to use more than one word in an item label, use a protected
4629 blank as described above.
4632 \begin_layout Labeling
4633 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
4634 margins As you can see, LyX uses different margins for the item label and
4635 the body of the item text.
4636 The body of the text has a larger left margin, which is equal to the default
4637 label width plus a little extra space.
4641 \begin_layout Labeling
4642 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
4644 width LyX uses the width of the label, or the default width, whatever
4646 If the label width is larger, the label
4647 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4651 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4654 into the first line.
4655 In other words, the text of the first line isn't aligned with the left
4656 margin of the rest of the item text.
4659 \begin_layout Labeling
4660 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
4661 default\InsetSpace ~
4662 width You can set the default label width to ensure that the text
4667 environment have the same left margin.
4669 To change the default width, select
4670 all items in the list.
4673 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4674 Paragraph\InsetSpace ~
4680 Longest\InsetSpace ~
4683 determines the default label width.
4684 You can use the text of your largest label here, but you can also use the
4686 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4690 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4693 multiple times instead.
4694 The M is the widest character and is a standard unit of widths in LaTeX.
4696 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4700 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4703 as the unit of width you don't need to keep changing the contents of
4705 Longest\InsetSpace ~
4708 every time you alter a label in a
4714 The predefined default width is the length of
4715 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4719 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4726 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
4729 \begin_layout Standard
4734 Setting the cursor into a list item to change only its label width will
4735 only change the width inside LyX but not in the output.
4743 \begin_layout Standard
4748 environment the same way like the
4752 list: When you need one word to stand out from the text that describes
4758 environment gives you another way to do this, using a different overall
4762 \begin_layout Standard
4767 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
4769 They work just like the other list paragraph environments.
4770 Read section\InsetSpace ~
4772 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
4773 reference "sec:Nesting"
4777 to learn about nesting.
4780 \begin_layout Standard
4781 There is yet another feature of the
4785 environment: As you can see in the examples, LyX left-justifies the item
4787 You can use additional
4791 to change how LyX justifies the item label.
4796 later in section\InsetSpace ~
4798 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
4799 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
4804 Here are some examples:
4807 \begin_layout Labeling
4808 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
4809 Left The default for
4816 \begin_layout Labeling
4817 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
4824 at the beginning of the label right justifies it.
4827 \begin_layout Labeling
4828 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
4837 at the beginning of the label and one at the end centers it.
4840 \begin_layout Subsection
4842 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
4850 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4863 \begin_layout Standard
4864 Although LyX has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph
4875 To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments
4876 in a specific order, otherwise LaTeX gags on the document.
4877 In contrast, you can use the
4886 paragraph environments anywhere with no problem.
4887 You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest
4891 \begin_layout Standard
4892 Of course, you're not limited to using
4907 , in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in
4908 some European academic papers.
4911 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4913 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
4914 name "sec:Address-Usage"
4921 \begin_layout Standard
4926 environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used
4927 for the opening and signature in some countries.
4933 environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which
4934 is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries.
4935 Here's an example of each:
4938 \begin_layout Right Address
4945 When is it? What is today?
4948 \begin_layout Standard
4955 Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which LyX sets to
4956 fit the largest block of text on a single line.
4957 Here's an example of the
4964 \begin_layout Address
4967 Where do I send this
4969 Your post office and country
4972 \begin_layout Standard
4973 As you can see, both
4982 add extra space between themselves and the next paragraph.
4987 in either of these environments, LyX resets the nesting depth and sets
4993 This makes sense, since
5001 function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs.
5002 Thus, you have to use
5012 Formatting\InsetSpace ~
5013 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5021 menu) to start a new line in an
5033 \begin_layout Subsection
5037 \begin_layout Standard
5038 Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography
5039 or list of references.
5040 LyX contains paragraph environments for both of these.
5043 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5047 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
5055 \begin_layout Standard
5060 environment is used for the abstract of an article.
5061 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
5062 only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title.
5063 Also, don't bother trying to nest
5067 in anything else or vice versa.
5073 environment is only useful in the article and report document classes.
5074 The book document classes ignores the
5078 completely, and it's utterly silly to use
5082 in a letter document class.
5085 \begin_layout Standard
5090 environment does several things for you.
5091 First, it puts the centered label
5092 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5096 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5100 The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical
5102 Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect.
5103 Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and
5104 the subsequent text.
5105 Well, that's how it will appear on the LyX screen.
5106 The appearance in the output depends on the used article or report class.
5109 \begin_layout Standard
5110 Starting a new paragraph by hitting
5114 does not reset the paragraph environment.
5115 The new paragraph will still be in the
5120 So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you
5121 finish entering the abstract of your document.
5124 \begin_layout Standard
5125 \begin_inset Float figure
5130 \begin_layout Standard
5132 \begin_inset Graphics
5133 filename clipart/Abstract.pdf
5141 \begin_layout Standard
5142 \begin_inset Caption
5144 \begin_layout Standard
5145 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
5146 name "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
5167 \begin_layout Standard
5168 We'd love to give you directly an example of the
5172 environment, but since this document is in the
5173 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5177 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5180 class, we can't do this.
5181 We inserted it therefore as figure\InsetSpace ~
5183 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
5184 reference "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
5189 If you've never heard of an
5190 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5194 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5197 before, you can safely ignore this environment.
5200 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5206 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
5212 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
5213 name "sub:Biblio_environment"
5220 \begin_layout Standard
5225 environment is used to list references.
5226 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
5227 only use it at the end of the document.
5232 in anything else or vice versa won't work.
5235 \begin_layout Standard
5236 When you first open a
5240 environment, LyX add a large vertical space, followed by the heading
5241 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5245 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5249 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5253 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5256 depending on the document class.
5257 The heading is in a large boldface font.
5258 Each paragraph of the
5262 environment is a bibliography entry.
5267 does not reset the paragraph environment.
5268 Each new paragraph is still in the
5275 \begin_layout Standard
5276 For a detailed description of LyX's bibliography handling, have a look at
5277 in section\InsetSpace ~
5279 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
5280 reference "sec:Bibliography"
5287 \begin_layout Subsection
5291 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
5292 name "Paragraph ! LyX code"
5297 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
5305 \begin_layout Standard
5310 environment is another LyX extension.
5311 It type-sets text in a typewriter-style font.
5316 key as a fixed whitespace;
5320 \begin_layout Standard
5331 Protected\InsetSpace ~
5334 instead of an end-of-word marker.
5339 this is the only case in which you can type multiple whitespaces in LyX.
5340 If you need to insert blank lines, you'll still need to use
5358 does not reset the paragraph environment.
5359 So, when you finish using the
5363 environment, you'll need to change the paragraph environment yourself.
5364 Also, you can nest the
5368 environment inside of others.
5371 \begin_layout Standard
5372 There are a few quirks with this environment:
5375 \begin_layout Itemize
5380 at the beginning of a new paragraph (i.e.
5392 \begin_layout Itemize
5405 \begin_layout Itemize
5410 to begin a new paragraph, then you can use a
5417 \begin_layout Itemize
5426 \begin_layout Itemize
5427 You can't have an empty paragraph or an empty line.
5428 You must put at least one
5432 in any line you want blank.
5433 Otherwise, LaTeX generates errors.
5436 \begin_layout Itemize
5437 You cannot get the typewriter double quotes by typing
5441 since that will insert
5446 You get the typewriter double quotes with
5454 if you use Emacs-like key bindings).
5457 \begin_layout Standard
5461 \begin_layout LyX-Code
5465 \begin_layout LyX-Code
5469 \begin_layout LyX-Code
5473 \begin_layout LyX-Code
5477 \begin_layout LyX-Code
5478 printf("Hello World!
5483 \begin_layout LyX-Code
5487 \begin_layout LyX-Code
5491 \begin_layout Standard
5492 This is just the standard
5493 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5497 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5504 \begin_layout Standard
5509 has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts,
5510 rc-files, and so on.
5511 Use it only in those very special cases where you need to generate text
5512 as if you used a typewriter.
5513 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
5514 name "Paragraph environments|)"
5521 \begin_layout Section
5522 Nesting Environments
5523 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
5524 name "Nesting ! Environments"
5529 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
5537 \begin_layout Subsection
5541 \begin_layout Standard
5542 LyX treats text as a unified block with a particular context and specific
5544 This allows you to create blocks that inherits some of the properties of
5546 For example you have three main points in an outline, but point #2 also
5548 In other words, you have a list inside of another list, with the inner
5550 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5554 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5560 \begin_layout Enumerate
5564 \begin_layout Enumerate
5569 \begin_layout Enumerate
5573 \begin_layout Enumerate
5578 \begin_layout Enumerate
5582 \begin_layout Standard
5583 You put a list inside of a list by nesting one list inside the other.
5584 Nesting an environment is quite simple: Select
5586 Increase\InsetSpace ~
5592 Decrease\InsetSpace ~
5600 menu to change the nesting depth of the current paragraph (the status bar
5601 will tell you how far you are nested).
5602 Instead of the menu, you can also use the toolbar buttons
5603 \begin_inset Graphics
5604 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
5609 \begin_inset Graphics
5610 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
5614 or the convenient key bindings
5622 to change the nesting level.
5623 The change will work on the current selection if you have made one (allowing
5624 you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), or the current
5628 \begin_layout Standard
5629 Note that LyX only changes the nesting depth if it can.
5630 If it's invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth.
5631 Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the
5632 depth of every paragraph nested inside of it.
5635 \begin_layout Standard
5636 Nesting isn't limited to lists.
5637 In LyX, you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're
5639 This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments.
5642 \begin_layout Subsection
5643 What You Can and Can't Nest
5646 \begin_layout Standard
5647 Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell
5648 you a little bit more about how nesting works.
5651 \begin_layout Standard
5652 The question if nesting a paragraph environment is possible, is a bit more
5653 complicated than a simple yes or no.
5654 There are three types of paragraph environments:
5657 \begin_layout Itemize
5658 Completely unnestable
5661 \begin_layout Itemize
5662 Fully nestable, you can nest them inside of things and you can also nest
5663 other things inside of them.
5666 \begin_layout Itemize
5667 A third type, you can nest them into other environments, but you can't nest
5671 \begin_layout Standard
5672 Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph
5673 environments have them:
5676 \begin_layout Description
5677 Unnestable Can't nest them.
5678 Can't nest into them.
5682 \begin_layout Itemize
5688 \begin_layout Itemize
5694 \begin_layout Itemize
5702 \begin_layout Itemize
5708 \begin_layout Itemize
5714 \begin_layout Itemize
5722 \begin_layout Itemize
5728 \begin_layout Itemize
5734 \begin_layout Itemize
5740 \begin_layout Itemize
5746 \begin_layout Itemize
5752 \begin_layout Itemize
5758 \begin_layout Itemize
5764 \begin_layout Itemize
5770 \begin_layout Itemize
5776 \begin_layout Itemize
5782 \begin_layout Itemize
5789 \begin_layout Description
5791 Nestable You can nest them.
5792 You can nest other things into them.
5796 \begin_layout Itemize
5802 \begin_layout Itemize
5808 \begin_layout Itemize
5814 \begin_layout Itemize
5820 \begin_layout Itemize
5826 \begin_layout Itemize
5832 \begin_layout Itemize
5838 \begin_layout Itemize
5845 \begin_layout Description
5846 Nestable-Inside You can nest them inside of other things.
5847 You can't nest anything into them.
5851 \begin_layout Itemize
5857 \begin_layout Itemize
5864 \begin_layout Itemize
5871 \begin_layout Standard
5876 environment doesn't really fit anywhere, since it's only used inside of
5890 \begin_layout Subsection
5891 Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
5892 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
5893 name "Nesting ! Tables etc."
5898 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
5899 name "sec:table-and-fig-nesting"
5906 \begin_layout Standard
5907 There are several things that aren't paragraph environments, but which are
5908 affected by nesting anyhow.
5912 \begin_layout Itemize
5916 \begin_layout Itemize
5920 \begin_layout Itemize
5924 \begin_layout Standard
5926 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
5929 \begin_layout Standard
5934 If you put a figure or a table in a
5938 , this is no longer true.
5943 Have a look at section\InsetSpace ~
5945 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
5946 reference "sec:Floats"
5950 for more informations about
5957 \begin_layout Standard
5958 LyX can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph.
5959 If a figure, table, or an equation is inline, it goes wherever the paragraph
5963 \begin_layout Standard
5964 On the other hand, if you have an equation, figure or table in a
5965 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5969 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5972 of its own, it behaves just like a
5973 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5977 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5980 paragraph environment.
5981 You can nest it into any environment, but you obviously can't nest anything
5985 \begin_layout Standard
5986 Here's an example with a table:
5989 \begin_layout Enumerate
5994 \begin_layout Enumerate
5995 This is (a) and it's nested.
5999 \begin_layout Standard
6000 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6006 \begin_layout Standard
6008 \begin_inset Tabular
6009 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
6011 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
6012 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
6013 <row topline="true">
6014 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6017 \begin_layout Standard
6032 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6035 \begin_layout Standard
6051 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
6052 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6055 \begin_layout Standard
6070 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6073 \begin_layout Standard
6096 \begin_layout Standard
6097 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6104 \begin_layout Enumerate
6106 The table is actually nested inside (a).
6110 \begin_layout Enumerate
6114 \begin_layout Standard
6115 If we hadn't nested the table at all, the list would look like this:
6118 \begin_layout Enumerate
6123 \begin_layout Enumerate
6124 This is (a) and it's nested.
6128 \begin_layout Standard
6129 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6135 \begin_layout Standard
6137 \begin_inset Tabular
6138 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
6140 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
6141 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
6142 <row topline="true">
6143 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6146 \begin_layout Standard
6161 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6164 \begin_layout Standard
6180 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
6181 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6184 \begin_layout Standard
6199 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6202 \begin_layout Standard
6225 \begin_layout Standard
6226 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6232 \begin_layout Enumerate
6239 In fact, it's not nested at all.
6242 \begin_layout Enumerate
6246 \begin_layout Standard
6247 Notice how item (b) is not only no longer nested, but is also the first
6251 \begin_layout Standard
6252 There's another trap you can fall into: Nesting the table, but not going
6254 LyX then turns anything after the table into a new sublist.
6257 \begin_layout Enumerate
6262 \begin_layout Enumerate
6263 This is (a) and it's nested.
6266 \begin_layout Standard
6267 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6273 \begin_layout Standard
6275 \begin_inset Tabular
6276 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
6278 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
6279 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
6280 <row topline="true">
6281 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6284 \begin_layout Standard
6299 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6302 \begin_layout Standard
6318 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
6319 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6322 \begin_layout Standard
6337 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6340 \begin_layout Standard
6363 \begin_layout Standard
6364 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6370 \begin_layout Enumerate
6372 The table is actually nested inside Item One, but
6380 \begin_layout Enumerate
6384 \begin_layout Standard
6385 As you can see, item (b) turned into the first item of a new list, but a
6391 The same thing would have happened to a figure or an equation.
6392 So, if you nest tables, figures or equations, make sure you go to the right
6396 \begin_layout Subsection
6397 Usage and General Features
6398 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
6399 name "sub:Nesting-Usage"
6406 \begin_layout Standard
6407 Speaking of levels, LyX can perform up to a six-fold nesting.
6409 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6413 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6416 is the innermost possible depth.
6417 Here's an example to display what we mean:
6420 \begin_layout Enumerate
6421 level #1 - outermost
6425 \begin_layout Enumerate
6430 \begin_layout Enumerate
6435 \begin_layout Enumerate
6440 \begin_layout Itemize
6445 \begin_layout Itemize
6454 \begin_layout Standard
6455 There are two exceptions to the six-fold nesting limit, and you can see
6456 both of them in the example.
6457 Unlike the other fully-nestable environments, you can only perform a four-fold
6467 For example, if we tried to nest another
6472 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6476 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6482 \begin_layout Subsection
6484 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
6485 name "Nesting ! Examples"
6492 \begin_layout Standard
6493 The best way to explain just what you can do with nesting is by illustration.
6494 We have several examples of nested environments.
6495 In them, we explain how we created the example, so that you can reproduce
6499 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6500 Example 1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting
6503 \begin_layout Labeling
6504 \labelwidthstring MMM
6505 #1-a This is the outermost level.
6514 \begin_layout Labeling
6515 \labelwidthstring MMM
6516 #2-a This is level #2.
6517 We created it by using
6529 \begin_layout Labeling
6530 \labelwidthstring MMM
6531 #3-a This is level #3.
6532 This time, we just hit
6541 We could have also created it the same way as we did the previous level,
6554 \begin_layout Standard
6559 environment, nested inside of
6560 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6564 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6568 So, it's at level #4.
6569 We did this by hitting
6577 , then changing the paragraph environment to
6582 Do this to create list items with more than one paragraph - it also works
6598 \begin_layout Standard
6603 paragraph, also at level #4, made with just a
6610 \begin_layout Labeling
6611 \labelwidthstring MMM
6612 #4-a This is level #4.
6617 and changed the paragraph environment back to
6622 Remember - we can't nest anything inside of a
6626 environment, which is why we're still at level #4.
6631 keep nesting things inside of
6632 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6636 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6643 \begin_layout Labeling
6644 \labelwidthstring MMM
6645 #5-a This is level #5\SpecialChar \ldots{}
6650 \begin_layout Labeling
6651 \labelwidthstring MMM
6652 #6-a \SpecialChar \ldots{}
6653 and this is level #6.
6654 By now, you should know how we made these two.
6658 \begin_layout Labeling
6659 \labelwidthstring MMM
6660 #5-b Back to level #5.
6673 \begin_layout Labeling
6674 \labelwidthstring MMM
6683 , we're back at level #4.
6687 \begin_layout Labeling
6688 \labelwidthstring MMM
6689 #3-b Back to level #3.
6690 By now it should be obvious how we did this.
6694 \begin_layout Labeling
6695 \labelwidthstring MMM
6696 #2-b Back to level #2.
6701 \begin_layout Labeling
6702 \labelwidthstring MMM
6703 #1-b And last, back to the outermost level, #1.
6704 After this sentence, we'll hit
6708 and change the paragraph environment back to
6715 \begin_layout Standard
6716 We could have also used the
6732 environment in place of the
6737 The example would have worked exactly the same.
6740 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6741 Example 2: Inheritance
6744 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6745 This is the LyX-Code environment, at level #1, the outermost
6748 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6758 , after which, we'll change to the
6766 \begin_layout Enumerate
6771 environment, at level #2.
6774 \begin_layout Enumerate
6775 Notice how the nested
6779 not only inherits its margins from its parent environment (
6783 ), but also inherits its font and spacing!
6787 \begin_layout Standard
6788 We ended this example by hitting
6793 After that, we needed to reset the paragraph environment to
6797 and resetting the nesting depth by using
6804 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6805 Example 3: Labels, Levels, and the
6817 \begin_layout Standard
6818 Example #3: Labels, Levels and other list environments
6826 \begin_layout Enumerate
6827 This is level #1, in an
6831 paragraph environment.
6832 We're actually going to nest a bunch of these.
6836 \begin_layout Enumerate
6847 Now, what happens if we nest an
6851 environment inside of this one? It will be at level #3, but what will its
6852 label be? An asterisk?
6856 \begin_layout Itemize
6866 environment, even though it's at level #3.
6867 So, its label is a bullet.
6868 (We got here by using
6876 , then changing the environment to
6884 \begin_layout Itemize
6885 Here's level #4, produced using
6894 We'll do that again\SpecialChar \ldots{}
6899 \begin_layout Enumerate
6900 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
6902 This time, however, we also changed the paragraph environment back to
6907 Notice the type of numbering, it is
6911 , because we are in the
6935 \begin_layout Enumerate
6940 change the paragraph environment, but decrease the nesting depth? What
6941 type of numbering does LyX use?
6944 \begin_layout Enumerate
6945 Oh, as if you couldn't guess by now, we're just using
6949 to keep the current environment and depth but create a new item.
6952 \begin_layout Enumerate
6957 to decrease the depth after the next
6965 \begin_layout Enumerate
6967 Look what type of label LyX is using!
6971 \begin_layout Enumerate
6973 Even though we've changed levels, LyX is still using a lowercase Roman
6974 numeral as the label.Why?
6977 \begin_layout Enumerate
6978 Because, even though the nesting depth has changed, the paragraph is
6987 Notice, however, that LyX
6991 reset the counter for the label.
6995 \begin_layout Enumerate
7004 sequence, and we're back to level #2.
7005 This time, we not only changed the nesting depth, but we also moved back
7006 into the twofold-nested
7014 \begin_layout Enumerate
7015 The same thing happens if we do another
7023 sequence and return to level #1, the outermost level.
7026 \begin_layout Standard
7027 Lastly, we reset the environment to
7032 As you can see, the level number doesn't correspond to what type of labeling
7046 environments surrounding it determines what kind of label LyX uses for
7052 The same rule applies for the
7056 environment, as well.
7059 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7060 Example 4: Going Bonkers
7063 \begin_layout Enumerate
7064 We're going to go totally nuts now.
7065 We won't nest as deep as in the other examples, nor will we go into the
7066 same detail with how we did it.
7075 \begin_layout Standard
7078 Return, S-M-Right, Standard
7080 : level #2) We'll stick an encapsulated description of how we created the
7081 example in parentheses someplace.
7082 For example, the two keybindings are how we changed the depth.
7083 The environment name is the name of the current environment.
7084 Either before or after this, we'll put in the level.
7088 \begin_layout Enumerate
7093 : level #1) This is the next item in the list.
7098 Now we'll add verse.
7100 It will get much worse.
7104 Return, S-M-Right, Verse
7110 Fiddle dee, Fiddle doo.
7112 Bippitey boppitey boo!
7124 \begin_layout Standard
7125 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7131 \begin_layout Standard
7133 \begin_inset Tabular
7134 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7136 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7137 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
7139 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
7142 \begin_layout Standard
7157 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7160 \begin_layout Standard
7176 <row topline="true">
7177 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
7180 \begin_layout Standard
7195 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7198 \begin_layout Standard
7225 M-Return, Table, S-M-Right
7229 M-Return, Verse, S-M-Left
7235 \begin_layout Enumerate
7240 : level #1) This is another item.
7241 Note that selecting a
7245 resets the nesting depth to level #1, so we increased the nesting depth
7246 3 times to put the table inside the
7254 \begin_layout Quotation
7255 We're now ending the
7259 list and changing to
7264 We're still at level #1.
7265 We want to show you some of the things you can do by mixing environments.
7266 The next set of paragraphs is a
7267 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7271 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7283 environments inside of this one, then use another nested
7287 for the letter body.
7292 to preserve the depth.
7293 Remember that you need to use
7297 to create multiple lines inside the
7311 \begin_layout Right Address
7314 Moosegroin, MT 00100
7319 \begin_layout Address
7320 Dear Mr.\InsetSpace ~
7324 \begin_layout Quotation
7325 We regret to inform you that we cannot fill your order for 50
7326 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
7329 L of compressed methane gas due to circumstances beyond our control.
7330 Unfortunately, several of our cows have mysteriously exploded, creating
7331 a backlog in our orders for methane.
7332 We will place your name on the waiting list and try to fill your order
7333 as soon as possible.
7334 In the meantime, we thank you for your patience.
7337 \begin_layout Quotation
7338 We do, however, now have a special on beef.
7339 If you are interested, please return the enclosed pricing and order form
7340 with your order, along with payment.
7343 \begin_layout Quotation
7344 We thank you again for your patience.
7347 \begin_layout Address
7354 \begin_layout Quotation
7355 That ends that example!
7358 \begin_layout Standard
7359 As you can see, nesting environments in LyX gives you a lot of power with
7360 just a few keystrokes.
7361 We could have easily nested an
7382 You have a huge variety of options at your disposal.
7385 \begin_layout Section
7386 Spacing, pagination and line breaks
7389 \begin_layout Subsection
7391 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
7392 name "sub:Horizontal-Space"
7399 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7405 \begin_layout Standard
7406 Horizontal Fills (HFills) are a special LyX feature for adding extra space
7407 in a uniform fashion.
7408 An HFill is actually a variable length space, whose length always equals
7409 the remaining space between the left and right margins.
7410 If there is more than one HFill on a line, they divide the available space
7411 equally between themselves.
7415 \begin_layout Standard
7420 can be inserted with
7422 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
7423 Formatting\InsetSpace ~
7424 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
7428 Here a few examples what you can do with them:
7433 This is on the left side
7435 This is on the right
7458 \begin_layout Standard
7459 That was an example in the
7465 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
7471 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
7474 is one in a standard paragraph.
7475 It may or may not be apparent in the printed text, but it
7479 sitting in-between the two arrows.
7482 \begin_layout Standard
7483 There may be more than one set of margins on a line.
7484 Here's an example with the
7491 \begin_layout Labeling
7492 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
7504 \begin_layout Standard
7506 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7510 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7513 marks the beginning of the item.
7514 (There is actually a
7515 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7519 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7522 HFill inside of the label of the
7526 environment; it's put at the end of the label automatically.) HFills work
7528 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7532 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7535 situations, like two-column mode.
7538 \begin_layout Standard
7539 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
7542 \begin_layout Standard
7547 If an HFill is at the beginning of a line, and
7551 in the first line in a paragraph, LyX ignores it.
7552 This prevents HFills from accidentally being wrapped onto a new line.
7553 If you need space in this case anyway, you have to use the LaTeX-command
7563 (ERT is explained in section\InsetSpace ~
7565 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
7578 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7579 Other space variants
7580 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
7581 name "sub:Other-space-variants"
7588 \begin_layout Standard
7589 The following two sorts of spaces are not yet supported by LyX, so that
7590 you have to use ERT, see section\InsetSpace ~
7592 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
7598 That they are not supported is a hint that you need them very seldom in
7600 So use them only if it is really necessary (remind the WYSIWYM concept).
7603 \begin_layout Paragraph
7607 \begin_layout Standard
7608 Sometimes one needs space with a defined length, e.g for forms and questionnaires.
7609 This can be inserted by using the LaTeX-command
7620 For example the command
7627 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
7630 cm space within the following line:
7633 \begin_layout Standard
7635 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
7642 \begin_layout Standard
7652 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
7656 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
7659 cm space between the arrows.
7662 \begin_layout Standard
7663 You can use all length units listed in Appendix\InsetSpace ~
7665 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
7666 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
7673 \begin_layout Paragraph
7677 \begin_layout Standard
7678 Sometimes you want to insert space with exactly the length of a phrase.
7680 you want to create the following multiple choice question:
7683 \begin_layout Standard
7684 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
7687 What is correct English?:
7692 Edge would have been jumps the gun.
7698 \begin_layout Standard
7714 \begin_layout Standard
7725 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
7731 \begin_layout Standard
7732 So that the choices appear exactly after the phrase
7733 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7739 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7743 To get this, you can use the LaTeX-command
7750 In our case write the command
7757 (note the space after
7758 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7762 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7765 ) at the beginning of the last two lines.
7766 The command prints out the phrase within the the two braces, but invisible.
7767 That is why it is named
7768 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7772 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7779 \begin_layout Standard
7780 There exists also the commands
7792 , but this too special for the LyX Userguide.
7793 If you are interested in knowing more about this, have a look at
7794 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
7795 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
7807 \begin_layout Subsection
7809 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
7810 name "sub:Vertical-Space"
7817 \begin_layout Standard
7818 To add extra vertical space above or below a paragraph, use the
7820 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
7821 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
7822 Vertical\InsetSpace ~
7826 There you find the following sizes:
7829 \begin_layout Standard
7842 are LaTeX sizes which depends on the font size of the document.
7847 is the skip adjusted in the dialog
7849 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
7851 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
7852 name "Document ! Settings"
7858 for the paragraph separation.
7859 If you use indentation to separate paragraphs
7870 \begin_layout Standard
7875 is a variable space, set so that the space is maximal within one page.
7876 An example: You have only two short paragraphs on one page with a vfill
7878 Then the first paragraph is placed at the top of the page and the second
7879 one at the bottom, because the space between them is then maximal.
7888 s: they fill the remaining vertical space on a page with blank space.
7892 \begin_layout Standard
7897 s are described in section\InsetSpace ~
7899 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
7900 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
7909 If there are several
7913 s on a page, they divide the remaining vertical space equally between themselves.
7914 You can therefore use
7918 s to center text on a page, or even place text 2/3 down a page.
7921 \begin_layout Standard
7926 are custom spaces in units explained in Appendix\InsetSpace ~
7928 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
7929 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
7936 \begin_layout Standard
7937 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
7940 \begin_layout Standard
7947 When the extra vertical space would be in the output at the top/bottom of
7948 a page, the space is only added if you have also checked the option
7960 \begin_layout Subsection
7964 \begin_layout Standard
7965 You can change the paragraph alignment with the
7967 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
7971 There are four possibilities:
7974 \begin_layout Itemize
7980 \begin_layout Itemize
7986 \begin_layout Itemize
7992 \begin_layout Itemize
7998 \begin_layout Standard
7999 The default in most cases is justified alignment, in which the inter-word
8000 spacing is variable and each line of a paragraph fills the region between
8001 the left and right margins.
8002 The other three alignments should be self-explanatory, and look like this:
8005 \begin_layout Standard
8007 This paragraph is right aligned,
8010 \begin_layout Standard
8012 this one is centered,
8015 \begin_layout Standard
8017 this one is left aligned.
8020 \begin_layout Subsection
8022 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
8028 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
8029 name "sub:Forced-Pagebreaks"
8036 \begin_layout Standard
8037 If you don't like the way LaTeX does the pagebreaks in your document, you
8038 can force a pagebreak where you want one.
8039 Normally this will not be necessary, because LaTeX is good at pagebreaking.
8040 Only if you use many
8044 , LaTeX's page breaking algorithm can fail.
8047 \begin_layout Standard
8048 We recommend not to use forced pagebreaks until the text is finished, and
8049 until you have checked in the preview to see if you
8053 have to change the pagebreaking.
8056 \begin_layout Standard
8057 There are two types of pagebreaks: One that ends the page without any special
8059 This can be inserted above or below a paragraph by the menu
8061 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8062 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8067 The second type ends a page, but stretches the content of the page, so
8068 that it fills out the complete page.
8069 This type is useful to avoid whitespace when a pagebreak produces a page
8070 on which only the last few lines are absent.
8071 This type is not yet supported by LyX, so that you have to use the LaTeX
8082 \begin_layout Standard
8083 For more about ERT see section\InsetSpace ~
8085 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
8096 The number can vary between 0 and 4.
8097 If 4 or no number is used, it will always be created a pagebreak
8101 \begin_layout Standard
8102 normally one uses simply
8114 The numbers 0 to 3 stand for the increasing priority level -- LaTeX decides,
8115 concerning the priority, if a pagebreak is created or not.
8118 \begin_layout Standard
8119 You might try to use a pagebreak to ensure that a figure or table appears
8120 at the top of a page.
8121 This is, of course, the wrong way to do it.
8122 LyX gives you a way of automatically ensuring that your figures and tables
8123 appear at the top of a page (or the bottom, or on their own page) without
8124 having to worry about what precedes or follows your figure or table.
8126 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
8127 reference "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
8138 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8140 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
8141 name "sub:Clear-Pages"
8146 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
8147 name "Pagebreaks ! clear"
8154 \begin_layout Standard
8155 Differently to forced pagebreaks where the content behind the break is directly
8156 placed at the next page, pages can also be cleared while breaking them.
8157 That means that the current paragraph is terminated and all, perhaps not
8158 yet processed floats from previous document parts are placed behind it,
8159 if necessary by adding pages.
8162 \begin_layout Standard
8163 You can insert a clear pagebreak with the menu
8165 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8166 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8171 When you have a two-sided document like a book, you can use the menu
8173 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8174 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8179 to insert a clear pagebreak that assures that the next page is a right-hand
8180 page (odd-numbered), if necessary by adding a page.
8183 \begin_layout Subsection
8185 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
8191 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
8192 name "sub:Forced-Linebreaks"
8199 \begin_layout Standard
8200 Similar to pagebreaks there are two types of linebreaks: One that simply
8202 You can force this line break within a paragraph by selecting
8204 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8205 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8214 The other type breaks the line and stretches it so that it fills out the
8215 whole space between the page margins.
8216 This is necessary to avoid
8217 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8221 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8224 in justifies paragraphs due to whitespace introduced by linebreaks.
8225 This type is not yet supported by LyX, so that you have to use the LaTeX-comman
8237 The syntax is similar tho the command
8243 , described in the previous section.
8246 \begin_layout Standard
8247 You shouldn't use forced linebreaks to correct LaTeX's linebreaking, as
8248 LaTeX is very good at linebreaking.
8249 There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessary to actively
8250 set a linebreak, e.g.
8251 in a poem or for an address (see sections\InsetSpace ~
8253 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
8254 reference "sec:Quote"
8259 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
8260 reference "sec:Verse"
8265 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
8266 reference "sec:Address-Usage"
8273 \begin_layout Subsection
8275 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
8283 \begin_layout Standard
8284 A blank is a blank? Not in good typography.
8285 While you might be used to press the space key anytime you want to separate
8286 two words in ordinary word processors, LyX offers you more spaces: Spaces
8287 of different width and spaces which can or cannot be broken at the end
8289 The following sections will show you some examples where those spaces are
8293 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8295 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
8296 name "sub:Inter-word-Space"
8301 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
8302 name "Spaces ! inter-word"
8309 \begin_layout Standard
8310 Some languages (e.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
8311 g.\InsetSpace \space{}
8312 English) have the typographical convention to add extra
8313 space after an end-of-sentence punctuation mark, and LyX honors those conventio
8314 ns (see section\InsetSpace ~
8316 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
8317 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
8322 Sometimes, you want a normal space nevertheless.
8323 In this case, insert one with
8325 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8326 Special\InsetSpace ~
8327 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8328 Inter-word\InsetSpace ~
8338 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8340 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
8341 name "sub:Protected-Space"
8346 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
8347 name "Spaces ! protected"
8354 \begin_layout Standard
8355 The protected space: It is used to tell LyX (and LaTeX) not to break the
8357 This may be necessary to avoid unlucky linebreaks, like in:
8361 Further documentation is given in section
8364 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
8365 reference "sec:Bibliography"
8373 \begin_layout Standard
8374 Obviously, it would be a good thing to put a protected space between
8375 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8379 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8383 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8387 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
8388 reference "sec:Bibliography"
8393 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8397 A protected space is set with
8399 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8400 Special\InsetSpace ~
8401 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8416 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8418 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
8419 name "sub:Thin-Space"
8424 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
8425 name "Spaces ! thin"
8432 \begin_layout Standard
8434 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8438 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8441 is a blank which has half the size of a normal space (and it is also
8442 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8446 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8450 The typographical conventions in a lot of languages propose the use of
8451 thin spaces in cases where normal spaces would be too wide, for instance
8452 inside abbreviations:
8456 D.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
8458 Knuth has developed our beloved typesetting program, i.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
8459 e.\InsetSpace \space{}
8463 \begin_layout Standard
8464 or between values and units.
8465 Compare for example this:
8467 10\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
8473 \begin_layout Standard
8474 You can insert thin spaces with the menu
8476 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8477 Special\InsetSpace ~
8478 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8489 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8493 \begin_layout Standard
8494 Apart from the ones described, there are still some more spaces.
8495 Although LyX supports them natively, they can only be reached via a formula
8496 as described in section\InsetSpace ~
8498 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
8499 reference "sub:Altering-Spacing"
8508 Te latter means to type
8512 space-insert <command>
8519 into the command buffer, where
8523 is one of the following:
8527 \begin_layout Standard
8529 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8533 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8536 is explained in Appendix\InsetSpace ~
8538 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
8539 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
8551 \begin_layout Standard
8553 \begin_inset Tabular
8554 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="3">
8556 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0">
8557 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0">
8558 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0">
8559 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
8560 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8563 \begin_layout Standard
8571 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8574 \begin_layout Standard
8582 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8585 \begin_layout Standard
8594 <row topline="true">
8595 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8598 \begin_layout Standard
8606 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8609 \begin_layout Standard
8616 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8619 \begin_layout Standard
8626 <row topline="true">
8627 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8630 \begin_layout Standard
8638 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8641 \begin_layout Standard
8648 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8651 \begin_layout Standard
8658 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
8659 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8662 \begin_layout Standard
8670 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8673 \begin_layout Standard
8680 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8683 \begin_layout Standard
8690 <row bottomline="true">
8691 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8694 \begin_layout Standard
8702 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8705 \begin_layout Standard
8712 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8715 \begin_layout Standard
8722 <row bottomline="true">
8723 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8726 \begin_layout Standard
8734 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8737 \begin_layout Standard
8744 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8747 \begin_layout Standard
8754 <row bottomline="true">
8755 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8758 \begin_layout Standard
8766 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8769 \begin_layout Standard
8776 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8779 \begin_layout Standard
8786 <row bottomline="true">
8787 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8790 \begin_layout Standard
8798 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8801 \begin_layout Standard
8808 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8811 \begin_layout Standard
8818 <row bottomline="true">
8819 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8822 \begin_layout Standard
8830 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8833 \begin_layout Standard
8840 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8843 \begin_layout Standard
8857 \begin_layout Subsection
8859 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
8860 name "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
8865 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
8866 name "Horizontal lines"
8873 \begin_layout Standard
8878 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8879 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8880 Horizontal\InsetSpace ~
8883 you can insert horizontal lines that spans over the whole document columns
8889 \begin_layout Section
8890 Fonts and Text Styles
8891 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
8892 name "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
8899 \begin_layout Subsection
8901 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
8909 \begin_layout Standard
8910 There are two types of fonts:
8913 \begin_layout Description
8916 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
8917 name "Fonts ! Vector-"
8921 are fonts, built from outlines of the single glyphs (i.e.
8922 characters) in the font.
8923 This means that each glyph is defined using mathematical curves that are
8924 well suited for scaling to any requested size.
8925 This mathematical definition is interpreted by the font renderer and the
8926 curve is filled out with pixels according to the size and glyph.
8927 This means that outline fonts will look pretty good in all sizes.
8928 Only at very small sizes it might be hard to provide a good rendering at
8929 very small sizes, where each pixel has to be very carefully computed to
8930 provide a good image.
8932 One could mean that one only needs to define one font
8933 size and scale them.
8934 But to achieve a better quality, many fonts define several font sizes.
8935 That improves the appearance, because you need more details at large font
8936 sizes than at small ones.
8954 \begin_layout Description
8957 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
8958 name "Fonts ! Bitmap-"
8962 on the other hand, are defined by bitmap graphics from the start, so they
8963 will look good at all the sizes they are meant for.
8964 However, they don't scale well, because in order to scale a glyph, each
8965 pixel is enlarged into several pixels.
8966 It is the same effect that happens if you try to enlarge a picture in a
8967 picture manipulation program.
8968 In order to relieve this effect, bitmap fonts are typically provided in
8969 several fixed sizes typically from around 8 pixels high up to 34 pixels
8970 or so high in steps according to what is believed to be useful.
8971 The advantage of bitmap fonts is that no complicated computations are necessary
8972 to display each glyph, so bitmap fonts are thus faster displayed than scalable
8974 The disadvantage is that sizes that don't exists as fixed versions have
8975 to be scaled by doubling pixels, and thus look bad.
8977 Bitmap fonts are named
8983 in PostScript- and PDF-documents.
8986 \begin_layout Standard
8987 The result of all this, is that bitmap fonts are best for the size they
8988 are designed for, while scalable fonts are good for nearly all sizes.
8989 So one need less font size definitions for scalable fonts.
8990 That's the reason why nearly all text render and typesetting programs use
8994 \begin_layout Standard
8995 To test which fonts are used in a PDF-document, you can have a look into
8996 its document properties.
8999 \begin_layout Standard
9000 Many modern typesetting and markup languages have begun to move towards
9001 specifying character styles rather than specifying a particular font.
9002 For example, instead of changing to an italicized version of the current
9003 font to emphasize text, you use an
9004 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9008 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9012 This concept fits in perfectly with LyX.
9013 In LyX, you do things based on contexts, rather than focusing on typesetting
9017 \begin_layout Subsection
9018 Document Font and Font size
9019 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
9020 name "sub:Document-Font"
9025 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
9031 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
9032 name "Document ! Font"
9039 \begin_layout Standard
9040 You can set the document fonts in the
9042 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9046 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
9047 name "Document ! Settings"
9052 There you can specify which font should be used for the three different
9053 font shapes roman (serif),
9065 \begin_layout Standard
9066 The possible options for the font include
9070 and a list of fonts available on your system.
9075 uses the standard TeX fonts, known as
9076 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9084 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9092 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9097 European Computer Modern
9100 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9110 \begin_layout Standard
9119 are bitmap fonts, they often looks pixeled in PDF output, especially when
9120 you read the PDF in a zoomed size.
9124 \begin_layout Standard
9125 This problem doesn't appear if you read PDFs in
9130 version 6 or later, because this program includes a special bitmap font
9136 To get rid of pixeled fonts, you have to use a vector font.
9137 There are three ways to use one:
9140 \begin_layout Itemize
9141 One way is to use the
9151 Virtual means that it
9152 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9156 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9163 -glyphs from other fonts.
9164 This has the disadvantage that some characters are missing, like the French
9166 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9170 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9174 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9178 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9185 \begin_layout Standard
9186 Loading the LaTeX-package
9189 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
9190 name "LaTeX-packages ! aeguill"
9196 with the document preamble line
9199 \begin_layout Standard
9204 usepackage[ec]{aeguill}
9207 \begin_layout Standard
9208 will fix the guillemet problem.
9213 and that accented characters are not
9217 glyph, they are build of
9221 characters, the accent and the letter.
9222 Therefore you can't search in documents using the
9226 fonts for words with accented characters.
9227 If you search for example for the French word
9228 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9232 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9235 in a PDF, you won't get any result, because the PDF-viewer searches for
9237 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9241 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9244 and not for the glyph
9245 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9252 \begin_layout Standard
9262 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9266 \begin_inset Note Note
9269 \begin_layout Standard
9277 The two braces behind the command prevents the following quotation mark
9278 to be accented with the grave.
9280 More about ERT and LaTeX-commands is described
9281 in section\InsetSpace ~
9283 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
9296 \begin_layout Itemize
9297 Another possibility is to use three different outline fonts
9301 \begin_layout Standard
9310 , consists of these three main font types
9337 scaled to 92 or 95\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
9338 % as sans\InsetSpace ~
9345 The differences between roman,
9354 fonts are explained in section\InsetSpace ~
9356 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
9357 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
9368 was originally designed for newspapers.
9369 That means its glyphs are smaller than the one from other fonts to fit
9370 into the small newspaper columns.
9376 is not the optimal choice for larger documents like books.
9379 \begin_layout Itemize
9380 The best solution is to use the
9385 These fonts are developed in order of the LaTeX community to replace
9392 \begin_layout Standard
9393 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
9396 For the font size there are four possible values:
9413 depends on your LaTeX-system, normally it is equal to the font size 10.
9416 \begin_layout Standard
9417 The font sizes are the
9422 LyX actually scales all other possible font sizes (such as those used in
9423 footnotes, super-, and subscripts) by this value.
9424 You can fine-tune the font size of text parts via the
9430 The possible font sizes for text parts are explained in section\InsetSpace ~
9432 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
9433 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
9440 \begin_layout Standard
9441 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
9445 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
9448 \begin_layout Standard
9453 When you choose a new font or font size, LyX does
9457 change the screen font! You will only see a difference in the printed output;
9458 this is part of the WYSIWYM concept.
9459 LyX's screen fonts can be adjusted in the
9461 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9464 dialog, see section\InsetSpace ~
9466 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
9467 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
9479 \begin_layout Subsection
9480 Using Different Character Styles
9481 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
9482 name "Character Styles"
9487 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
9488 name "Dialogs ! Text Style"
9495 \begin_layout Standard
9496 As we've already seen, LyX automatically changes the character style for
9497 certain paragraph environments.
9498 LyX supports two character styles,
9507 You can activate both of these styles via keybindings, the menus, and the
9511 \begin_layout Standard
9516 style, do one of the following:
9519 \begin_layout Itemize
9520 click on the toolbar button
9521 \begin_inset Graphics
9522 filename ../images/font-noun.png
9529 \begin_layout Itemize
9536 \begin_layout Standard
9537 These commands are all toggles.
9542 style is already active, they deactivate it.
9545 \begin_layout Standard
9546 One typically uses the
9550 style for proper names.
9552 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9559 is the original author of LyX.
9560 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9566 \begin_layout Standard
9567 A more widely used character style is the
9572 You can activate (or deactivate - it's also a toggle) the
9579 \begin_layout Itemize
9580 clicking on the toolbar button
9581 \begin_inset Graphics
9582 filename ../images/font-emph.png
9589 \begin_layout Itemize
9590 using the keybindings
9596 \begin_layout Standard
9601 style is equivalent to an italic font but some document classes or LaTeX-packag
9602 es use a different font.
9605 \begin_layout Standard
9606 We've been using the
9610 style all over the place in this document.
9611 Here's one more example:
9614 \begin_layout Quotation
9617 Don't overuse character styles!
9620 \begin_layout Standard
9621 It's also a warning in addition to an example.
9622 One's writing should parallel ordinary conversation.
9623 Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, we should also avoid
9624 the common tendency to overuse character style.
9628 \begin_layout Standard
9629 You can always reset to the default font using the keybinding
9636 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9643 \begin_layout Subsection
9644 Fine-Tuning with the
9649 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
9650 name "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
9655 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
9661 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
9662 name "Dialogs ! Text Style"
9669 \begin_layout Standard
9670 There are always occasions when you'll need to do some fine-tuning, so LyX
9671 gives you a way to create custom character style.
9672 For example, an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet
9673 requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations.
9674 Also, writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts
9675 from ordinary dialog.
9678 \begin_layout Standard
9679 Before we document how to use custom character style, we want to issue a
9680 warning yet again: Don't overuse character styles!
9682 Documents that overuse
9683 different fonts and sizes are not well readable and tend to look like someone
9684 has knocked huge holes in it.
9687 \begin_layout Standard
9688 To use custom character styles, open the
9690 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9695 There are several boxes on this dialog, each corresponding to a different
9696 font property which you can choose.
9697 You can choose an option for one of these properties, or select
9702 , which keeps the current state of that property.
9707 will reset the property to whatever is the default.
9708 You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph
9709 environments in a snap.
9712 \begin_layout Standard
9713 The font properties, and their options (in addition to
9725 \begin_layout Labeling
9726 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9732 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9736 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9740 The possible options are:
9744 \begin_layout Labeling
9745 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9750 This is the Roman font family.
9751 Normally a serif font.
9752 It's also the default family.
9757 \begin_layout Standard
9775 \begin_layout Standard
9783 \begin_inset Note Note
9786 \begin_layout Standard
9787 The LaTeX-command prevents text to be broken at the end of a line.
9788 It is explained in section\InsetSpace ~
9790 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
9791 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
9803 \begin_layout Labeling
9804 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9812 This is the Sans Serif font family.
9819 \begin_layout Standard
9837 \begin_layout Standard
9847 \begin_layout Labeling
9848 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9855 This is the Typewriter font family.
9862 \begin_layout Standard
9880 \begin_layout Standard
9893 \begin_layout Labeling
9894 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9899 This corresponds to the print weight.
9904 \begin_layout Labeling
9905 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9910 This is the Medium font series.
9911 It's also the default series.
9914 \begin_layout Labeling
9915 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9922 This is the Bold font series.
9929 \begin_layout Standard
9947 \begin_layout Standard
9958 \begin_layout Labeling
9959 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9964 As the name implies.
9969 \begin_layout Labeling
9970 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9975 This is the Upright font shape.
9976 It's also the default shape.
9979 \begin_layout Labeling
9980 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9994 s the Italic font shape
10000 \begin_layout Labeling
10001 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10008 This is the Slanted font shape
10010 (although it might not be visible in LyX, this is different from italic).
10013 \begin_layout Labeling
10014 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10022 This is the Small caps font shape
10029 \begin_layout Labeling
10030 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10035 Alters the size of the font.
10036 You'll find no numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually proportio
10037 nal to the document font size.
10038 Once again, you don't feed LyX the details, but a general description of
10039 what you want to do.
10044 \begin_layout Labeling
10045 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10053 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10057 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10067 \begin_layout Standard
10085 \begin_layout Standard
10096 \begin_layout Standard
10114 \begin_layout Standard
10124 \begin_layout Labeling
10125 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10133 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10137 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10147 \begin_layout Standard
10165 \begin_layout Standard
10175 \begin_layout Labeling
10176 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10184 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10188 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10198 \begin_layout Standard
10216 \begin_layout Standard
10227 \begin_layout Standard
10245 \begin_layout Standard
10255 \begin_layout Labeling
10256 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10264 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10268 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10278 \begin_layout Standard
10296 \begin_layout Standard
10307 \begin_layout Standard
10325 \begin_layout Standard
10335 \begin_layout Labeling
10336 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10342 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10346 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10350 It's also the default size.
10355 \begin_layout Standard
10373 \begin_layout Standard
10384 \begin_layout Standard
10402 \begin_layout Standard
10412 \begin_layout Labeling
10413 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10421 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10425 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10435 \begin_layout Standard
10453 \begin_layout Standard
10464 \begin_layout Standard
10482 \begin_layout Standard
10492 \begin_layout Labeling
10493 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10501 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10505 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10515 \begin_layout Standard
10533 \begin_layout Standard
10544 \begin_layout Standard
10562 \begin_layout Standard
10572 \begin_layout Labeling
10573 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10581 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10585 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10595 \begin_layout Standard
10613 \begin_layout Standard
10623 \begin_layout Labeling
10624 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10632 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10636 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10646 \begin_layout Standard
10664 \begin_layout Standard
10675 \begin_layout Standard
10693 \begin_layout Standard
10703 \begin_layout Labeling
10704 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10712 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10716 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10726 \begin_layout Standard
10744 \begin_layout Standard
10755 \begin_layout Standard
10773 \begin_layout Standard
10784 \begin_layout Standard
10789 : don't go crazy with this feature.
10790 You should almost never need to change the font size.
10791 LyX automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments
10792 - use that instead.
10793 This is here for fine-tuning only!
10796 \begin_layout Labeling
10797 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10802 Here you can change a few other things at the character level.
10807 \begin_layout Labeling
10808 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10815 This is text with emphasize on
10818 This might seem like the same as
10822 , but it is actually a bit different.
10828 That means every document class can define its own font used for emphasized
10830 Normally this font is equal to italic.
10833 \begin_layout Labeling
10834 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10841 This is text with Underbar on.
10848 \begin_layout Standard
10866 \begin_layout Standard
10879 Avoid using underbar if you can! It's a holdover from the typewriter days,
10880 when you couldn't change fonts.
10881 We no longer need to emphasize text by underscoring characters.
10882 It's only included in LyX because some people
10886 need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions.
10889 \begin_layout Labeling
10890 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10897 This is text with Noun on.
10904 , this is a logical attribute.
10905 Normally it's equivalent to
10914 \begin_layout Labeling
10915 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10920 You can adjust the color of the text with this control.
10921 Notice that not all dvi-viewers are are able to display colors.
10927 , which is the default
10928 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10932 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10935 and means normally black, you can choose between
10970 \begin_layout Labeling
10971 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10976 This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from
10977 the language of the document.
10978 Text marked in this way will be underlined in blue to indicate the change
10982 \begin_layout Standard
10983 So you have a huge number of combinations to choose from.
10984 Once you've chosen a new character style via the
10986 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10990 dialog, the settings are saved.
10991 You can activate them using the toolbar button
10992 \begin_inset Graphics
10993 filename ../images/font-free-apply.png
10998 The button lets you toggle the state of your custom character style even
10999 when the dialog isn't visible.
11003 \begin_layout Standard
11004 To completely reset the character style to the default, use
11010 If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed
11011 (suppose you just set the shape to
11012 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11016 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11020 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11024 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11029 Toggle\InsetSpace ~
11039 \begin_layout Standard
11040 You should also know something about the differences between the three main
11057 \begin_layout Itemize
11063 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11067 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11070 font, that means every character has the same width, the
11071 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11075 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11079 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11083 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11093 \begin_layout Standard
11106 \begin_layout Standard
11118 \begin_inset Note Note
11121 \begin_layout Standard
11122 For more on phantoms see section\InsetSpace ~
11124 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
11125 reference "sub:Other-space-variants"
11139 \begin_layout Itemize
11144 fonts use characters with serifs.
11145 These are the small
11146 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11150 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11153 at all ends of of the streaks that form the character.
11154 The following example will show the difference:
11160 text without serifs
11164 Serifs facilitates an easy and fast reading.
11165 They are therefore used as default font (named
11172 \begin_layout Itemize
11178 This font type is therefore often used for headings and short texts.
11179 We use it in this document to highlight menu names.
11182 \begin_layout Standard
11183 We conclude with the same warning once again: Don't overuse the fonts.
11184 They are, more often than not, a kludge and a bad substitute for good writing.
11187 \begin_layout Section
11188 Printing and Previewing
11191 \begin_layout Subsection
11195 \begin_layout Standard
11196 Now that we've covered some of the basic features of document preparation
11197 using LyX, you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece.
11198 Before we tell you that, we want to give you a quick explanation of what
11199 goes on behind-the-scenes.
11200 We cover these informations in much greater detail in the
11202 Extended\InsetSpace ~
11208 \begin_layout Standard
11209 LyX uses the program LaTeX as its backend.
11210 LaTeX is just a macro package for the TeX typesetting system, but to prevent
11211 confusion, we'll only refer to LaTeX.
11212 LyX is what you use to do your actual writing.
11213 Then, LyX calls LaTeX to turn your writing into printable output.
11214 This happens in two stages:
11217 \begin_layout Enumerate
11218 First, LyX converts your document to a series of text commands for LaTeX,
11219 generating a file with the extension,
11220 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11228 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11234 \begin_layout Enumerate
11235 Next, LaTeX uses the commands in the
11239 file to produce printable output.
11243 \begin_layout Subsection
11244 Output file formats
11245 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
11246 name "File formats"
11251 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
11252 name "sub:Output-file-formats"
11259 \begin_layout Subsubsection
11261 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
11262 name "File formats ! ASCII"
11269 \begin_layout Standard
11270 This file type has the extension
11271 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11279 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11283 It contains your document as plain text following the rules of the
11284 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11287 American Standard Code for Information Interchange
11288 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11294 \begin_layout Standard
11295 You can export your document to ASCII by the menu
11297 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11298 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11304 \begin_layout Subsubsection
11306 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
11307 name "File formats ! LaTeX"
11314 \begin_layout Standard
11315 This file type has the extension
11316 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11324 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11327 and contains all commands that are necessary for the LaTeX program to process
11329 If you know LaTeX, you can use it to find out LaTeX-Errors or to process
11330 it manually with console commands.
11331 The LaTeX-file is automatically created in LyX's temporary directory whenever
11332 you view or export your document.
11335 \begin_layout Standard
11336 You can export your document as LaTeX-file using the menu
11338 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11339 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11344 \begin_layout Standard
11356 \begin_layout Subsubsection
11358 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
11359 name "File formats ! DVI"
11366 \begin_layout Standard
11367 This file type has the extension
11368 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11376 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11381 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11385 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11388 (DVI), because it is completely portable; you can move them from one machine
11389 to another without needing to do any sort of conversion.
11390 At the time when this file-format was developed, this was no matter of
11392 DVIs are used for quick previews and as pre-stage for other output formats,
11396 \begin_layout Standard
11397 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11400 \begin_layout Standard
11405 The DVI file doesn't contain images, they will only be a linked.
11406 So don't forget to deliver the images together with your DVIs.
11411 This property can also slow down your computer when you view the DVI.
11412 Because the DVI-viewer has to convert the image in the background to make
11413 it visible when you scroll in the DVI.
11414 So we recommend to use PDF for files with many images.
11417 \begin_layout Standard
11418 You can export your document to DVI by the menu
11420 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11421 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11427 \begin_layout Subsubsection
11429 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
11430 name "File formats ! PostScript"
11437 \begin_layout Standard
11438 This file type has the extension
11439 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11447 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11451 PostScript was developed by the company
11455 as printer language.
11456 The file contains therefore commands that the printer uses to print the
11458 PostScript can be seen as
11459 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11462 programming language
11463 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11466 ; you can calculate with it and draw diagrams and images.
11470 \begin_layout Standard
11471 If you are interested to learn more about this, have a look at the LaTeX-package
11477 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
11478 name "LaTeX-packages ! pstricks"
11487 Due to this ability, the files are often bigger than PDFs.
11490 \begin_layout Standard
11491 PostScript can only contain images in the format
11492 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11495 Encapsulated PostScript
11496 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11499 (EPS, file extension
11500 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11508 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11512 As LyX allows you to use any known image format in your document, it has
11513 to convert them in the background to EPS.
11514 If you have e.g 50 images in your document, LyX has to do 50 conversions
11515 whenever you view or export your document.
11516 This will slow down your workflow with LyX drastically.
11517 So if you plan to use PostScript, you can insert your images directly as
11518 EPS to avoid this problem.
11521 \begin_layout Standard
11522 You can export your document to PostScript using the menu
11524 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11525 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11531 \begin_layout Subsubsection
11533 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
11534 name "File formats ! PDF"
11539 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
11547 \begin_layout Standard
11548 This file type has the extension
11549 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11557 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11562 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11565 Portable Document Format
11566 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11569 (PDF) is developed by
11573 as derivative from PostScript.
11574 It is more compressed and it uses much less commands than PostScript.
11576 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11580 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11583 implies, it can be processed at any computer system and the printed output
11584 looks exactly the same.
11587 \begin_layout Standard
11588 PDF can contain images in its own PDF format and in the formats
11589 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11592 Joint Photographic Experts Group
11593 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11596 (JPG, file extension
11597 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11605 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11609 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11617 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11621 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11624 Portable Network Graphics
11625 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11628 (PNG, file extension
11629 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11637 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11641 You can although use any other image format, because LyX converts them
11642 in the background to one of these formats.
11643 But as described in the section about PostScript, the image conversion
11644 will slow down your workflow.
11645 So we recommend to use images in one of the three mentioned formats.
11648 \begin_layout Standard
11649 You can export your document to PDF via the menu
11651 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11654 in three different ways:
11657 \begin_layout Description
11658 PDF This uses the program
11662 that creates a PDF from a PostScript-version of your file.
11663 The PostScript-version is produced by the program
11667 which uses a DVI-version as intermediate step.
11668 So this export variant consist of three conversions.
11671 \begin_layout Description
11673 (dvipdfm) This uses the program
11677 that converts your file in the background to DVI and in a second step to
11681 \begin_layout Description
11683 (pdflatex) This uses the program
11687 that converts your file directly to PDF.
11690 \begin_layout Standard
11691 We recommend to use
11700 supports all features of actual PDF-versions, is quick and works stable
11706 is no more under development and therefore a bit outdated.
11709 \begin_layout Subsection
11711 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
11712 name "Document ! Preview "
11719 \begin_layout Standard
11720 To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the pagebreaks
11721 in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, use the menu
11725 and choose a file type.
11726 A viewing program will popup showing the output.
11729 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11732 you can use the toolbar button
11733 \begin_inset Graphics
11734 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
11744 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11748 you can use the toolbar button
11749 \begin_inset Graphics
11750 filename ../images/buffer-export_pdf2.png
11757 \begin_layout Standard
11758 If you have changed your document, you can refresh the output in the same
11759 viewer window using the menu
11761 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11767 \begin_layout Standard
11768 When you preview a file, the output file is only generated in LyX's temporary
11770 To have a real output, export your document.
11773 \begin_layout Subsection
11774 Printing the File from within LyX
11775 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
11776 name "sub:Printing-the-File"
11783 \begin_layout Standard
11784 Instead of exporting your file and then printing them, you can also print
11785 it directly from within LyX.
11786 To print a file, select the menu
11788 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11791 or click on the toolbar button
11792 \begin_inset Graphics
11793 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
11798 LyX will internally call LaTeX to produce a DVI.
11799 This file is then processed by the program
11803 to PostScript-file, which is finally printed using the program
11808 Due to these steps in the background, this method is not the fastest.
11811 \begin_layout Standard
11812 You can choose to print only even-numbered or odd-numbered pages - this
11813 is useful for printing on two sides: You can re-insert the pages after
11814 printing one set to print on the other side.
11815 Some printers spit out pages face-up, others, face-down.
11816 By choosing a particular order to print in, you can take the entire stack
11817 of pages out of the printer without needing to reorder them.
11820 \begin_layout Standard
11821 You can set the parameters in the
11829 \begin_layout Labeling
11830 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11835 This is the name of the printer to print to
11839 \begin_layout Standard
11840 Note that this printer name is for the program
11849 has to be configured for this printer name.
11850 The default printer can be set in LyX's preferences dialog, see section\InsetSpace ~
11852 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
11853 reference "sub:Printer"
11863 The printer should understand PostScript.
11866 \begin_layout Labeling
11867 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11872 The name of a file to print to.
11873 The output will be a PostScript file.
11874 It will be written in LyX's working directory unless you specify the full
11878 \begin_layout Section
11879 A few Words about Typography
11880 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
11888 \begin_layout Subsection
11890 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
11896 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
11904 \begin_layout Standard
11906 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11914 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11917 character comes in three lengths, often called the
11932 \begin_layout Enumerate
11938 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11946 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11952 \begin_layout Enumerate
11958 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11967 \begin_layout Standard
11979 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11985 \begin_layout Enumerate
11991 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12000 \begin_layout Standard
12013 \begin_layout Standard
12025 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12031 \begin_layout Enumerate
12035 \begin_inset Formula $-$
12041 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12049 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12055 \begin_layout Standard
12056 You generate them by inserting the
12057 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12065 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12068 character multiple times in a row.
12069 They are automatically converted to the appropriate length dash in the
12070 final output, but not in LyX.
12073 \begin_layout Standard
12074 The three dash types are distinct from the minus sign, which appears in
12075 math mode and has a length of its own.
12076 Here are some examples of the
12077 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12085 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12091 \begin_layout Enumerate
12092 line- and page-breaks
12101 \begin_layout Enumerate
12111 \begin_layout Enumerate
12112 Oh --- there's a dash.
12121 \begin_layout Enumerate
12122 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$
12134 \begin_layout Subsection
12136 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
12142 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
12143 name "sub:Hyphenation"
12150 \begin_layout Standard
12151 Words aren't hyphenated within LyX but automatically in the output.
12152 Hyphenation is done by the LaTeX-package
12155 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
12156 name "LaTeX-packages ! babel"
12162 following the rules of the document language
12166 \begin_layout Standard
12167 For German readers: That's one of the main differences between the languages
12174 German\InsetSpace ~
12180 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12191 \begin_layout Standard
12192 LaTeX hyphenates nearly perfectly, it has only problems with text in the
12197 and with unusual constructs, like
12198 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12202 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12206 If LaTeX can't break a word correctly, you can set hyphenation points manually.
12207 This is done with the menu
12209 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12210 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12211 Hyphenation\InsetSpace ~
12215 These extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to LaTeX.
12216 If no hyphenation is necessary, LaTeX will ignore them.
12219 \begin_layout Standard
12220 Sometimes you want to prevent words or constructs to be hyphenated.
12221 The keybindings/shortcuts in this document consists of three letters with
12222 a hyphen and a space in the form
12223 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12227 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12231 LaTeX finds there the hyphen
12232 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12236 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12239 as hyphenation possibility.
12240 Hyphenating at this point would look ugly.
12241 To prevent the shortcut from being hyphenated, we can put it in the argument
12242 of the LaTeX-box-command
12248 , because text within LaTeX-boxes can't be hyphenated.
12249 As LyX doesn't support
12255 , we have to use ERT.
12256 The result looks in LyX like:
12259 \begin_layout Standard
12260 \begin_inset Graphics
12261 filename clipart/mbox.png
12268 \begin_layout Standard
12269 To learn more about ERT, have a look at section\InsetSpace ~
12271 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
12272 reference "sec:ERT"
12279 \begin_layout Subsection
12281 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
12282 name "Punctuation marks"
12289 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12290 Abbreviations and End of Sentence
12291 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
12292 name "sub:Abbreviations"
12299 \begin_layout Standard
12300 When LyX calls LaTeX to generate the final version of your document, LaTeX
12301 automatically distinguishes between words, sentences, and abbreviations.
12302 LaTeX then adds the
12303 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12306 appropriate amount of space
12307 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12311 That means sentences get a little bit more space between the period and
12313 Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period as a word uses.
12316 \begin_layout Standard
12317 Unfortunately, the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation works
12320 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12328 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12331 is at the end of a lowercase letter, it's the end of a sentence; if it's
12332 at the end of a capitalized letter, it's an abbreviation.
12335 \begin_layout Standard
12336 Here are some examples of
12340 abbreviations and the end of a sentence:
12343 \begin_layout Itemize
12348 \begin_layout Itemize
12353 \begin_layout Standard
12354 And here's an example of the algorithm going wrong:
12357 \begin_layout Itemize
12360 this is too much space!
12363 \begin_layout Itemize
12368 \begin_layout Standard
12369 You won't see anything wrong until you view a final version of your document.
12372 \begin_layout Standard
12373 To fix this problem, use one of the following:
12376 \begin_layout Enumerate
12379 Inter-word\InsetSpace ~
12382 after lowercase abbreviations (see section\InsetSpace ~
12384 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
12385 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
12390 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
12391 name "Spaces ! inter-word"
12398 \begin_layout Enumerate
12404 between two tokens of an abbreviation (see section\InsetSpace ~
12406 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
12407 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
12412 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
12413 name "Spaces ! thin"
12420 \begin_layout Enumerate
12425 sentence\InsetSpace ~
12430 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12431 Special\InsetSpace ~
12434 menu to force the use of inter-sentence spacing.
12435 This function is also bound to
12442 \begin_layout Standard
12443 With the corrections, our earlier examples look like this:
12446 \begin_layout Itemize
12447 e.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
12448 g.\InsetSpace \space{}
12449 this is too much space!
12452 \begin_layout Itemize
12453 This is I\SpecialChar \@.
12457 \begin_layout Standard
12458 Some languages don't use extra spacing between sentences.
12459 If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry, because the
12460 LaTeX will care about this.
12463 \begin_layout Standard
12464 For those that do need to bother, there is help to catch those sneaky errors:
12467 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12471 feature described in section
12482 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12484 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
12485 name "Typography ! Quotes"
12490 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
12491 name "Quotes | see{Typography}"
12496 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
12504 \begin_layout Standard
12505 LyX usually sets quotes correctly.
12506 Specifically, it will use an opening quote at the beginning of quoted text,
12507 and use a closing quote at the end.
12509 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12513 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12517 The keyboard character,
12521 , generates this automatically.
12524 \begin_layout Standard
12525 You can change the behavior of the
12529 key using the submenu
12535 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12539 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
12540 name "Document ! Settings"
12547 \begin_layout Standard
12548 You can also select quotes for different languages in the box
12553 There are six choices:
12556 \begin_layout Labeling
12557 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12560 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12564 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12569 Use quotes like this
12570 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12574 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12578 \begin_inset Quotes els
12582 \begin_inset Quotes ers
12588 \begin_layout Labeling
12589 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12592 \begin_inset Quotes sld
12596 \begin_inset Quotes srd
12602 \begin_inset Quotes sld
12606 \begin_inset Quotes srd
12610 \begin_inset Quotes ers
12616 \begin_layout Labeling
12617 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12620 \begin_inset Quotes gld
12624 \begin_inset Quotes grd
12630 \begin_inset Quotes gld
12634 \begin_inset Quotes grd
12638 \begin_inset Quotes gls
12642 \begin_inset Quotes grs
12648 \begin_layout Labeling
12649 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12652 \begin_inset Quotes pld
12656 \begin_inset Quotes prd
12662 \begin_inset Quotes pld
12666 \begin_inset Quotes prd
12670 \begin_inset Quotes pls
12674 \begin_inset Quotes prs
12680 \begin_layout Labeling
12681 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12684 \begin_inset Quotes fld
12688 \begin_inset Quotes frd
12694 \begin_inset Quotes fld
12698 \begin_inset Quotes frd
12702 \begin_inset Quotes fls
12706 \begin_inset Quotes frs
12712 \begin_layout Labeling
12713 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12716 \begin_inset Quotes ald
12720 \begin_inset Quotes ard
12726 \begin_inset Quotes ald
12730 \begin_inset Quotes ard
12734 \begin_inset Quotes als
12738 \begin_inset Quotes ars
12744 \begin_layout Standard
12745 These settings affects what character the
12752 \begin_layout Subsection
12754 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
12755 name "Typography ! Ligatures"
12760 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
12761 name "Ligatures | see{Typography}"
12766 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
12767 name "sub:Ligatures"
12774 \begin_layout Standard
12775 It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and
12776 print them as single characters.
12777 These groups are known as
12782 Since LaTeX knows about ligatures, your documents will contain them too
12784 Here are the standard ligatures:
12787 \begin_layout Itemize
12791 \begin_layout Itemize
12795 \begin_layout Itemize
12799 \begin_layout Itemize
12803 \begin_layout Itemize
12807 \begin_layout Standard
12808 Some languages uses other ligatures if the document font supports them.
12811 \begin_layout Standard
12812 Sometimes, you don't want a ligature in a word.
12813 While a ligature may be okay in the word,
12814 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12818 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12821 it looks really weird in compound words, such as
12822 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12826 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12830 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12834 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12837 To break a ligature, use
12839 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12840 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12841 Ligature\InsetSpace ~
12846 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12850 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12854 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12857 cuff\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
12859 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12863 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12867 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12871 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12874 Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
12876 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12882 \begin_layout Subsection
12884 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
12885 name "LyX ! Proper names"
12890 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
12891 name "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
12898 \begin_layout Standard
12899 You have surely noticed, that the word
12900 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12904 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12907 appears always with characters in different size and height.
12908 LaTeX is the name of the program used by LyX and is therefore recognized
12909 as proper name when you type it in LyX as
12910 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12917 \begin_layout Standard
12925 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12929 \begin_inset Note Note
12932 \begin_layout Standard
12933 The braces in ERT are here to avoid that the
12934 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12938 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12941 appear as proper name in the output, see the last paragraph of this section.
12942 To create proper names omit the ERT.
12947 Note the order of the upper-and lowercase letters! LyX recognizes the following
12951 \begin_layout Description
12952 LyX The name of the game, write
12953 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12960 \begin_layout Standard
12968 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12974 \begin_layout Description
12975 TeX The program used by LaTeX, write
12976 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12983 \begin_layout Standard
12991 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12997 \begin_layout Description
12998 LaTeX The program used by LyX, write
12999 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13006 \begin_layout Standard
13014 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13020 \begin_layout Description
13021 LaTeX2e The actual version of LaTeX, write
13022 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13029 \begin_layout Standard
13037 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13043 \begin_layout Standard
13044 You might wonder why the LaTeX-version is
13045 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13049 \begin_inset Formula $\epsilon$
13053 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13057 It's an old tradition in the TeX-world to give programs geek version numbers.
13058 For example the version number of TeX converges to the number
13059 \begin_inset Formula $\pi$
13062 : The actual version is
13063 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13067 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13070 , the previous one was
13071 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13075 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13081 \begin_layout Standard
13082 If you don't want to use proper names, e.g.
13083 in section headings, you can insert two empty braces in ERT in the word.
13084 This will look in LyX like:
13085 \begin_inset Graphics
13086 filename clipart/LaTeX.png
13092 For more about ERT, look at section\InsetSpace ~
13094 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
13095 reference "sec:ERT"
13102 \begin_layout Subsection
13104 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
13105 name "Typography ! Units"
13112 \begin_layout Standard
13113 Generally the space between units and the number is smaller than the normal
13114 space between two words.
13115 As you can see in the example below, it looks better when the space is
13118 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13122 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13125 for units use the menu
13127 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13128 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13139 \begin_layout Standard
13140 Here's an example to show the differences:
13143 \begin_layout Standard
13144 \begin_inset Tabular
13145 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
13147 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
13148 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
13150 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13153 \begin_layout Standard
13156 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
13164 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13167 \begin_layout Standard
13168 space between number and unit
13175 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13178 \begin_layout Standard
13179 24\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
13181 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
13189 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13192 \begin_layout Standard
13193 half space between number and unit
13206 \begin_layout Subsection
13208 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
13209 name "Typography ! Widows and orphans"
13214 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
13222 \begin_layout Standard
13223 In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page
13225 There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text.
13226 You may remember once printing out a document, only to find the heading
13227 for a new section printed at the very bottom of the page, the first line
13228 of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom of a page, or the last line
13229 of a paragraph at the top of a new page.
13230 These dangly-bits of text became known as
13241 \begin_layout Standard
13242 Clearly, LyX can avoid breaking pages after a section heading.
13243 That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments.
13244 But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line
13245 of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules
13246 built into LaTeX governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there
13247 to specifically prevent widows and orphans.
13248 This is the advantage LyX has in using LaTeX as its backend.
13251 \begin_layout Standard
13252 There's no way we can go into how TeX and LaTeX decide to break a page,
13253 or how you can tweak that behavior.
13254 Some LaTeX books listed in the bibliography [such as\InsetSpace ~
13256 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
13257 key "latexcompanion"
13263 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
13268 ] may have more information.
13269 You will almost never need to worry about this, however.
13272 \begin_layout Chapter
13273 Notes, Graphics, Tables, and Floats
13274 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
13275 name "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
13282 \begin_layout Standard
13283 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
13288 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
13291 \begin_layout Section
13293 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
13299 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
13307 \begin_layout Standard
13308 LyX offers you a few types of notes to add to your document:
13311 \begin_layout Description
13313 Note This note type is for internal notes that won't appear in the output.
13316 \begin_inset Note Note
13319 \begin_layout Standard
13320 This is text in a note box that doesn't appear in the output.
13328 \begin_layout Description
13329 Comment This note also doesn't appear in the output but it appears as LaTeX-comm
13330 ent, when you export the document to LaTeX via the menu
13332 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13333 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13334 LaTeX (pdflatex) / (plain)
13339 \begin_inset Note Comment
13342 \begin_layout Standard
13343 This is text in a note box that only appears as comment in LaTeX-files.
13351 \begin_layout Description
13352 Greyed\InsetSpace ~
13353 Out This note will appear in the output as grey text.
13358 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
13361 \begin_layout Standard
13366 \begin_layout Standard
13367 This is an example footnote within a greyed out note.
13368 In this document the greyed out note color is redefined to blue.
13369 How this can be done is explained in the
13378 of a comment that appears in the output as grey text.
13387 As you can see in the example, the first line of greyed out notes is a bit
13388 indented and greyed out notes can have footnotes.
13391 \begin_layout Description
13392 Framed This note will appear in the output as framed text.
13394 \begin_inset Note Framed
13397 \begin_layout Standard
13398 This is text in a note box that appears framed in the output.
13403 In contrary to framed boxes like the one in section\InsetSpace ~
13405 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
13406 reference "sub:ERT-Boxes"
13410 , the frame uses always the whole text width and the note is set into its
13414 \begin_layout Description
13415 Shaded This note will appear in the output with red background color.
13416 \begin_inset Note Shaded
13419 \begin_layout Standard
13420 This text in a note box appears in the output with red background.
13425 In contrary to colored boxes, the note uses always the whole text width
13426 and the note is set into its own paragraph.
13429 \begin_layout Standard
13430 Notes are inserted with the toolbar button
13431 \begin_inset Graphics
13432 filename ../images/note-insert.png
13434 scaleBeforeRotation
13440 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13444 Right-click on the appearing note box to select the note type.
13447 \begin_layout Section
13449 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
13455 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
13456 name "sec:Footnotes"
13463 \begin_layout Standard
13464 LyX uses boxes to display footnotes: When you insert a footnote using the
13467 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13470 or the toolbar button
13471 \begin_inset Graphics
13472 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
13485 \begin_inset Graphics
13486 filename clipart/footnoteQt4.png
13496 This box is LyX's representation of your footnote.
13506 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13514 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13525 label, the box will
13529 be opened and you can enter the footnote text into it.
13530 Clicking on the box label again, will close
13543 If you want to turn existing text into a footnote, simply mark it and click
13559 \begin_layout Standard
13560 Here's an example footnote:
13568 \begin_layout Standard
13569 To close a footnote, click on the red box at the top left.
13577 \begin_layout Standard
13578 The footnote will appear in the output as a superscript number at the text
13579 position where the footnote box is placed.
13580 The footnote text is placed at the bottom of the current page.
13581 The footnote number is calculated by LyX, the numbers are consecutive,
13582 no matter in which chapter the footnote is in.
13583 LyX doesn't support other numbering schemes yet, but you can get another
13584 scheme using special LaTeX-commands.
13589 ey are described in the
13596 \begin_layout Section
13598 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
13599 name "Marginal notes"
13604 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
13605 name "sec:Marginal-Notes"
13612 \begin_layout Standard
13613 Marginal notes look and behave just like footnotes in LyX.
13614 When you insert a margin note via the menu
13616 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13617 Marginal\InsetSpace ~
13620 or the toolbar button
13621 \begin_inset Graphics
13622 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
13642 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13646 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13649 appearing within your text.
13650 This box is LyX's representation of your margin
13659 \begin_layout Standard
13660 At the side is an example marginal note.
13664 \begin_inset Marginal
13667 \begin_layout Standard
13668 This is a marginal note.
13676 \begin_layout Standard
13677 Marginal notes appear at the right side in single-sided documents.
13678 In double-sided documents they appear in the outer margin -- left on even
13679 pages, right on odd pages.
13682 \begin_layout Section
13683 Graphics and Images
13684 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
13690 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
13696 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
13697 name "sec:Graphics"
13704 \begin_layout Standard
13705 To insert an image in your document, place the cursor at the text position
13706 you want and click on the toolbar icon
13707 \begin_inset Graphics
13708 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
13714 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13718 Then a dialog will appear to choose the file to load.
13721 \begin_layout Standard
13722 This dialog has numerous mostly self-explanatory parameters.
13727 tab allows you to choose your image file.
13728 The appearance of the image inside LyX and in the output is adjusted separately.
13729 The image can be transformed by setting a rotation angle and a scaling
13731 The scaling units are explained in Appendix\InsetSpace ~
13733 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
13734 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
13741 \begin_layout Standard
13746 it is possible to set image coordinates to adjust the height and width
13747 of the image in the output.
13748 The coordinates can also be calculated automatically by pressing the button
13760 bounding\InsetSpace ~
13763 will only print the image region within the given coordinates.
13764 Normally you don't need to take care about image coordinates and can ignore
13772 \begin_layout Standard
13773 LaTeX experts can specify additional LaTeX options in the
13778 You can also set the
13782 option here if the image is inside a figure float.
13783 This option is explained in section\InsetSpace ~
13785 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
13786 reference "sec:Figure-Floats"
13796 effects that the image don't appear in the output, only a frame with the
13797 image size is printed.
13800 \begin_layout Standard
13801 The graphics dialog can be called at any time by right-clicking on an image.
13802 The image will appear in the output exactly at the position where it is
13804 This is an example image in the PDF format within a separate, horizontally
13805 centered paragraph:
13808 \begin_layout Standard
13810 \begin_inset Graphics
13811 filename clipart/mobius.eps
13814 rotateOrigin center
13821 \begin_layout Standard
13822 If you need image captions and want to reference images, you have to put
13823 the image into a float, see section\InsetSpace ~
13825 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
13826 reference "sec:Figure-Floats"
13833 \begin_layout Subsection
13835 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
13836 name "Image formats"
13841 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
13842 name "sub:Image-Formats"
13849 \begin_layout Standard
13850 You can insert images in any known file format.
13851 But as we explained in section\InsetSpace ~
13853 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
13854 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
13858 , every output document format allows only a few image formats.
13859 LyX uses therefore the program
13863 in the background to convert the images to the right format.
13864 To increase your workflow by avoiding these conversions in the background,
13865 you can use only the image formats listed in the subsections of section\InsetSpace ~
13867 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
13868 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
13875 \begin_layout Standard
13876 Similar to fonts there are two types of image formats:
13879 \begin_layout Description
13880 Bitmap\InsetSpace ~
13881 images consist of pixel values, often in a compressed form.
13882 They are therefore not fully scalable and look pixeled in large zooms.
13883 Well-known bitmap image formats are
13884 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13887 Graphics Interchange Format
13888 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13891 (GIF, file extension
13892 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13900 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13904 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
13905 name "GIF|see{Image formats}"
13910 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13913 Portable Network Graphics
13914 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13917 (PNG, file extension
13918 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13926 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13930 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
13931 name "PNG|see{Image formats}"
13936 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13939 Joint Photographic Experts Group
13940 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13943 (JPG, file extension
13944 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13952 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13956 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13964 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13968 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
13969 name "JPG|see{Image formats}"
13976 \begin_layout Description
13977 Scalable\InsetSpace ~
13978 images consist of vectors and can therefore be scaled to any size
13980 The scaling ability is necessary if you want to create presentations, because
13981 presentations are always scaled by the beamer.
13982 Scaling is also useful for online documents to let the user zoom into diagrams.
13985 calable image formats can be
13986 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13989 Scalable Vector Graphics
13990 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13993 (SVG, file extension
13994 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14002 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14006 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
14007 name "SVG|see{Image formats}"
14012 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14015 Encapsulated PostScript
14016 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14019 (EPS, file extension
14020 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14028 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14032 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
14033 name "EPS|see{Image formats}"
14038 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14041 Portable Document Format
14042 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14045 (PDF, file extension
14046 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14054 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14058 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
14064 We say it can be, because you can convert any bitmap image format to PDF
14065 or EPS and the result won't be scalable.
14066 In this cases only a header with the image properties is added to the original
14071 \begin_layout Standard
14072 In the case of PDF, the original image is additionally compressed.
14080 \begin_layout Standard
14081 Normally one can't convert a bitmap image into a scalable one, only vice
14085 \begin_layout Section
14087 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
14093 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
14101 \begin_layout Standard
14102 You can insert a table using either the toolbar button
14103 \begin_inset Graphics
14104 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
14111 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14115 A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns.
14116 The default table has lines around any cell and the first row appears separated
14117 from the rest of the table.
14118 This separation appears due to a double line: The cells of the first row
14119 have a line below them and the cells of the second row have a line above
14121 Here's an example table:
14124 \begin_layout Standard
14126 \begin_inset Tabular
14127 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
14129 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
14130 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
14131 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0in">
14132 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
14133 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
14134 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14137 \begin_layout Standard
14143 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14146 \begin_layout Standard
14161 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14164 \begin_layout Standard
14170 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14173 \begin_layout Standard
14180 <row topline="true">
14181 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14184 \begin_layout Standard
14199 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14202 \begin_layout Standard
14208 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14211 \begin_layout Standard
14217 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14220 \begin_layout Standard
14227 <row topline="true">
14228 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14231 \begin_layout Standard
14246 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14249 \begin_layout Standard
14255 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14258 \begin_layout Standard
14268 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14271 \begin_layout Standard
14278 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
14279 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14282 \begin_layout Standard
14297 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14300 \begin_layout Standard
14306 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14309 \begin_layout Standard
14315 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14318 \begin_layout Standard
14332 \begin_layout Subsection
14336 \begin_layout Standard
14337 You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button, which
14338 brings up the table dialog.
14339 Here you can adjust the settings of the cell and row/column respectively
14340 where the cursor is placed currently.
14341 Most of the dialog options also work on selections.
14342 This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is
14343 done on all of your selection.
14346 \begin_layout Standard
14347 Additionally to the table dialog the
14352 , that appears when the cursor is inside a table, helps you in setting table
14354 It is for example currently only possible to add\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
14355 /\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
14356 delete lines via the table
14360 \begin_layout Standard
14366 of the table dialog you can set the alignment for the current row.
14367 If you add a row or column, it will be inserted right beside or below the
14368 current cell respectively.
14369 The vertical alignment of a column can only be adjusted when a column width
14371 A given width will allow the cell to have linebreaks and multiple paragraphs
14372 of text, see section\InsetSpace ~
14374 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
14375 reference "sub:Table-Cells"
14382 \begin_layout Standard
14383 You can mark multiple cells of one row as a multicolumn cell using the check
14389 This will merge the cells to
14393 cell, spread over more than one column.
14394 Multicolumn cells are treated as own rows, so that the alignment, width,
14395 and border settings affect only the multicolumn cell.
14396 Here's an example table with a multicolumn cell in the first row and one
14397 in the last row without the upper border:
14400 \begin_layout Standard
14402 \begin_inset Tabular
14403 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="4">
14404 <features firstHeadTopDL="true" firstHeadBottomDL="true">
14405 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
14406 <column alignment="center" valignment="middle" leftline="true" width="0">
14407 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0in">
14408 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
14409 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
14410 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14413 \begin_layout Standard
14419 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="middle" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14422 \begin_layout Standard
14428 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14431 \begin_layout Standard
14437 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14440 \begin_layout Standard
14447 <row topline="true">
14448 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14451 \begin_layout Standard
14466 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14469 \begin_layout Standard
14475 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14478 \begin_layout Standard
14484 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14487 \begin_layout Standard
14494 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
14495 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14498 \begin_layout Standard
14504 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14507 \begin_layout Standard
14513 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14516 \begin_layout Standard
14522 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14525 \begin_layout Standard
14539 \begin_layout Standard
14540 At the moment LyX doesn't support multirow cells.
14541 Adept users can declare special LaTeX-arguments for the table.
14542 They are necessary for special table formatting, like for multirow cells,
14543 explained in the tables section of the
14545 Extended\InsetSpace ~
14549 You can also rotate the current cell or the whole table 90
14550 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
14553 degrees counterclockwise.
14554 These rotations are not visible in LyX but in the output.
14557 \begin_layout Standard
14558 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
14561 \begin_layout Standard
14566 Most DVI-viewers are
14570 able to display rotations.
14578 \begin_layout Standard
14583 tab allows you to add and delete border lines for the current row/column.
14588 adds lines for all cell borders.
14591 \begin_layout Subsection
14593 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
14594 name "Tables ! Longtables"
14599 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
14607 \begin_layout Standard
14608 If the table is too long to fit on one page, you can use the option
14618 of the table dialog to split the table automatically over more pages.
14619 Doing this enables some check boxes and you can now define:
14622 \begin_layout Description
14627 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
14628 defined, are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable;
14629 except for the first page, if
14637 \begin_layout Description
14643 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
14644 defined, are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable.
14647 \begin_layout Description
14652 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
14653 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable;
14654 except for the last page, if
14662 \begin_layout Description
14668 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
14669 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable.
14672 \begin_layout Standard
14673 You can also specify a row where the table is splitted.
14674 If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware
14675 of the fact that only the first one is used in the given table row.
14676 The others will then be defined as
14681 In this context, first means first in this order:
14683 Footer, Last\InsetSpace ~
14696 See the following longtable to see how it works:
14699 \begin_layout Standard
14701 \begin_inset Tabular
14702 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="69" columns="3">
14703 <features islongtable="true">
14704 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="5cm">
14705 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
14706 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
14707 <row topline="true" bottomline="true" endfirsthead="true">
14708 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14711 \begin_layout Standard
14714 Example Phone List (ignore the names)
14719 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
14722 \begin_layout Standard
14728 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14731 \begin_layout Standard
14738 <row topline="true" bottomline="true" endfirsthead="true">
14739 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14742 \begin_layout Standard
14750 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
14753 \begin_layout Standard
14759 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14762 \begin_layout Standard
14771 <row topline="true" bottomline="true" endhead="true">
14772 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14775 \begin_layout Standard
14783 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
14786 \begin_layout Standard
14792 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14795 \begin_layout Standard
14802 <row topline="true" bottomline="true" endhead="true">
14803 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14806 \begin_layout Standard
14814 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
14817 \begin_layout Standard
14823 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14826 \begin_layout Standard
14835 <row topline="true" bottomline="true" endfoot="true">
14836 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14839 \begin_layout Standard
14847 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
14850 \begin_layout Standard
14856 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14859 \begin_layout Standard
14866 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
14867 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14870 \begin_layout Standard
14878 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
14881 \begin_layout Standard
14887 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14890 \begin_layout Standard
14897 <row bottomline="true">
14898 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14901 \begin_layout Standard
14909 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
14912 \begin_layout Standard
14918 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14921 \begin_layout Standard
14928 <row bottomline="true">
14929 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14932 \begin_layout Standard
14940 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
14943 \begin_layout Standard
14949 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14952 \begin_layout Standard
14959 <row bottomline="true">
14960 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14963 \begin_layout Standard
14971 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
14974 \begin_layout Standard
14980 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14983 \begin_layout Standard
14990 <row bottomline="true">
14991 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14994 \begin_layout Standard
15002 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15005 \begin_layout Standard
15011 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15014 \begin_layout Standard
15021 <row bottomline="true">
15022 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15025 \begin_layout Standard
15033 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15036 \begin_layout Standard
15042 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15045 \begin_layout Standard
15052 <row bottomline="true">
15053 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15056 \begin_layout Standard
15064 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15067 \begin_layout Standard
15073 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15076 \begin_layout Standard
15083 <row bottomline="true">
15084 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15087 \begin_layout Standard
15095 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15098 \begin_layout Standard
15104 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15107 \begin_layout Standard
15114 <row bottomline="true">
15115 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15118 \begin_layout Standard
15126 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15129 \begin_layout Standard
15135 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15138 \begin_layout Standard
15145 <row bottomline="true">
15146 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15149 \begin_layout Standard
15157 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15160 \begin_layout Standard
15166 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15169 \begin_layout Standard
15176 <row bottomline="true">
15177 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15180 \begin_layout Standard
15188 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15191 \begin_layout Standard
15197 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15200 \begin_layout Standard
15207 <row bottomline="true">
15208 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15211 \begin_layout Standard
15219 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15222 \begin_layout Standard
15228 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15231 \begin_layout Standard
15238 <row bottomline="true">
15239 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15242 \begin_layout Standard
15250 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15253 \begin_layout Standard
15259 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15262 \begin_layout Standard
15269 <row bottomline="true">
15270 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15273 \begin_layout Standard
15281 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15284 \begin_layout Standard
15290 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15293 \begin_layout Standard
15300 <row bottomline="true">
15301 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15304 \begin_layout Standard
15312 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15315 \begin_layout Standard
15321 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15324 \begin_layout Standard
15331 <row bottomline="true">
15332 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15335 \begin_layout Standard
15343 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15346 \begin_layout Standard
15352 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15355 \begin_layout Standard
15362 <row bottomline="true">
15363 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15366 \begin_layout Standard
15374 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15377 \begin_layout Standard
15383 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15386 \begin_layout Standard
15393 <row bottomline="true">
15394 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15397 \begin_layout Standard
15405 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15408 \begin_layout Standard
15414 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15417 \begin_layout Standard
15424 <row bottomline="true">
15425 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15428 \begin_layout Standard
15436 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15439 \begin_layout Standard
15445 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15448 \begin_layout Standard
15455 <row bottomline="true">
15456 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15459 \begin_layout Standard
15467 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15470 \begin_layout Standard
15476 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15479 \begin_layout Standard
15486 <row bottomline="true">
15487 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15490 \begin_layout Standard
15498 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15501 \begin_layout Standard
15507 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15510 \begin_layout Standard
15517 <row bottomline="true">
15518 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15521 \begin_layout Standard
15529 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15532 \begin_layout Standard
15538 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15541 \begin_layout Standard
15548 <row bottomline="true">
15549 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15552 \begin_layout Standard
15560 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15563 \begin_layout Standard
15569 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15572 \begin_layout Standard
15579 <row bottomline="true">
15580 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15583 \begin_layout Standard
15591 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15594 \begin_layout Standard
15600 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15603 \begin_layout Standard
15610 <row bottomline="true">
15611 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15614 \begin_layout Standard
15622 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15625 \begin_layout Standard
15631 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15634 \begin_layout Standard
15641 <row bottomline="true">
15642 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15645 \begin_layout Standard
15653 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15656 \begin_layout Standard
15662 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15665 \begin_layout Standard
15672 <row bottomline="true">
15673 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15676 \begin_layout Standard
15684 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15687 \begin_layout Standard
15693 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15696 \begin_layout Standard
15703 <row bottomline="true">
15704 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15707 \begin_layout Standard
15715 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15718 \begin_layout Standard
15724 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15727 \begin_layout Standard
15734 <row bottomline="true">
15735 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15738 \begin_layout Standard
15746 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15749 \begin_layout Standard
15755 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15758 \begin_layout Standard
15765 <row bottomline="true">
15766 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15769 \begin_layout Standard
15777 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15780 \begin_layout Standard
15786 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15789 \begin_layout Standard
15796 <row bottomline="true">
15797 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15800 \begin_layout Standard
15808 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15811 \begin_layout Standard
15817 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15820 \begin_layout Standard
15827 <row bottomline="true">
15828 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15831 \begin_layout Standard
15837 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15840 \begin_layout Standard
15846 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15849 \begin_layout Standard
15856 <row bottomline="true">
15857 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15860 \begin_layout Standard
15868 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15871 \begin_layout Standard
15877 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15880 \begin_layout Standard
15887 <row bottomline="true">
15888 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15891 \begin_layout Standard
15899 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15902 \begin_layout Standard
15908 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15911 \begin_layout Standard
15918 <row bottomline="true">
15919 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15922 \begin_layout Standard
15930 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15933 \begin_layout Standard
15939 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15942 \begin_layout Standard
15949 <row bottomline="true">
15950 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15953 \begin_layout Standard
15961 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15964 \begin_layout Standard
15970 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15973 \begin_layout Standard
15980 <row bottomline="true">
15981 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15984 \begin_layout Standard
15992 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15995 \begin_layout Standard
16001 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16004 \begin_layout Standard
16011 <row bottomline="true">
16012 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16015 \begin_layout Standard
16023 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16026 \begin_layout Standard
16032 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16035 \begin_layout Standard
16042 <row bottomline="true">
16043 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16046 \begin_layout Standard
16054 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16057 \begin_layout Standard
16063 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16066 \begin_layout Standard
16073 <row bottomline="true">
16074 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16077 \begin_layout Standard
16085 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16088 \begin_layout Standard
16094 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16097 \begin_layout Standard
16104 <row bottomline="true">
16105 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16108 \begin_layout Standard
16116 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16119 \begin_layout Standard
16125 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16128 \begin_layout Standard
16135 <row bottomline="true">
16136 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16139 \begin_layout Standard
16147 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16150 \begin_layout Standard
16156 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16159 \begin_layout Standard
16166 <row bottomline="true">
16167 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16170 \begin_layout Standard
16178 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16181 \begin_layout Standard
16187 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16190 \begin_layout Standard
16197 <row bottomline="true">
16198 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16201 \begin_layout Standard
16209 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16212 \begin_layout Standard
16218 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16221 \begin_layout Standard
16228 <row bottomline="true">
16229 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16232 \begin_layout Standard
16240 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16243 \begin_layout Standard
16249 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16252 \begin_layout Standard
16259 <row bottomline="true">
16260 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16263 \begin_layout Standard
16271 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16274 \begin_layout Standard
16280 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16283 \begin_layout Standard
16290 <row bottomline="true">
16291 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16294 \begin_layout Standard
16302 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16305 \begin_layout Standard
16311 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16314 \begin_layout Standard
16321 <row bottomline="true">
16322 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16325 \begin_layout Standard
16333 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16336 \begin_layout Standard
16342 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16345 \begin_layout Standard
16352 <row bottomline="true">
16353 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16356 \begin_layout Standard
16364 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16367 \begin_layout Standard
16373 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16376 \begin_layout Standard
16383 <row bottomline="true">
16384 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16387 \begin_layout Standard
16395 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16398 \begin_layout Standard
16404 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16407 \begin_layout Standard
16414 <row bottomline="true">
16415 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16418 \begin_layout Standard
16426 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16429 \begin_layout Standard
16435 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16438 \begin_layout Standard
16445 <row bottomline="true">
16446 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16449 \begin_layout Standard
16457 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16460 \begin_layout Standard
16466 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16469 \begin_layout Standard
16476 <row bottomline="true">
16477 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16480 \begin_layout Standard
16488 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16491 \begin_layout Standard
16497 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16500 \begin_layout Standard
16507 <row bottomline="true">
16508 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16511 \begin_layout Standard
16519 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16522 \begin_layout Standard
16528 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16531 \begin_layout Standard
16538 <row bottomline="true">
16539 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16542 \begin_layout Standard
16550 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16553 \begin_layout Standard
16559 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16562 \begin_layout Standard
16569 <row bottomline="true">
16570 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16573 \begin_layout Standard
16581 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16584 \begin_layout Standard
16590 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16593 \begin_layout Standard
16600 <row bottomline="true">
16601 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16604 \begin_layout Standard
16612 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16615 \begin_layout Standard
16621 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16624 \begin_layout Standard
16631 <row bottomline="true">
16632 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16635 \begin_layout Standard
16643 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16646 \begin_layout Standard
16652 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16655 \begin_layout Standard
16662 <row bottomline="true">
16663 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16666 \begin_layout Standard
16674 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16677 \begin_layout Standard
16683 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16686 \begin_layout Standard
16693 <row bottomline="true">
16694 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16697 \begin_layout Standard
16705 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16708 \begin_layout Standard
16714 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16717 \begin_layout Standard
16724 <row bottomline="true">
16725 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16728 \begin_layout Standard
16736 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16739 \begin_layout Standard
16745 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16748 \begin_layout Standard
16755 <row bottomline="true">
16756 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16759 \begin_layout Standard
16767 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16770 \begin_layout Standard
16776 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16779 \begin_layout Standard
16786 <row bottomline="true">
16787 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16790 \begin_layout Standard
16798 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16801 \begin_layout Standard
16807 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16810 \begin_layout Standard
16817 <row bottomline="true" endlastfoot="true">
16818 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="block" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16821 \begin_layout Standard
16829 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16832 \begin_layout Standard
16838 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16841 \begin_layout Standard
16855 \begin_layout Subsection
16857 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
16858 name "Tables ! Cells"
16863 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
16864 name "sub:Table-Cells"
16871 \begin_layout Standard
16872 A table cell can contain text, inline equations, a figure, or another table.
16873 All these kinds of objects can be placed in the same cell.
16874 Font sizes and shapes can also be altered.
16875 But you can't put a special environment in a cell (like
16879 , etc.), nor set spacing options etc.
16880 for the cell's paragraph.
16883 \begin_layout Standard
16884 To have multi-line entries in table cells, you have to declare a fixed width
16885 for the column in the table dialog.
16886 Your text is then automatically split into multiple lines and the cell
16887 is enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given width.
16891 \begin_layout Standard
16893 \begin_inset Tabular
16894 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
16896 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
16897 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="3cm">
16898 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
16899 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
16900 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16903 \begin_layout Standard
16918 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16921 \begin_layout Standard
16936 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16939 \begin_layout Standard
16956 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16959 \begin_layout Standard
16974 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16977 \begin_layout Standard
16987 This is a multiline entry in a table.
16992 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16995 \begin_layout Standard
17011 <row bottomline="true">
17012 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17015 \begin_layout Standard
17030 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17033 \begin_layout Standard
17043 This is longer now.
17048 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17051 \begin_layout Standard
17067 <row bottomline="true">
17068 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17071 \begin_layout Standard
17086 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17089 \begin_layout Standard
17099 This is a multiline entry in a table.
17100 This is longer now.
17105 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17108 \begin_layout Standard
17131 \begin_layout Standard
17132 Cutting and pasting between tables and table cells works reasonably well.
17133 You can cut and paste even more than one row.
17134 Selection with the mouse or with
17138 plus the arrow keys works as usual.
17139 You can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit by starting
17140 the selection from outside the table.
17143 \begin_layout Section
17145 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
17151 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
17159 \begin_layout Standard
17160 A float is a block of text associated with some sort of label, which doesn't
17161 have a fixed location.
17163 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17167 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17170 forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best.
17177 Margin\InsetSpace ~
17180 are also floats, because they can float to the next page when there are
17181 too much notes at the page.
17184 \begin_layout Standard
17185 Floats makes it possible to get a high quality layout.
17186 Images and tables can evenly be spread to the pages to avoid whitespace
17187 and pages without text.
17188 As the floating often destroys the context between the text and the image/table
17189 , every float can be referenced in the text.
17190 Floats are therefore numbered.
17191 Referencing is described in section\InsetSpace ~
17193 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
17194 reference "sec:Cross-References"
17201 \begin_layout Standard
17202 To insert a float, use the menu
17204 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17208 A box with a caption that has e.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
17211 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17214 Figure\InsetSpace ~
17216 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17219 (# is the actual number) will be inserted into your document.
17220 The label will automatically be translated to the document language in
17222 Behind the label you can insert the caption text.
17223 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
17224 name "Floats ! Captions"
17228 The image or table is inserted above or below the caption in a separate
17229 paragraph within the float.
17230 To keep your LyX-document readable, you can open and close the float box
17231 by left-clicking on the box label.
17232 A closed float box looks like this:
17233 \begin_inset Graphics
17234 filename clipart/floatQt4.png
17239 -- a gray button with a red label.
17242 \begin_layout Standard
17243 It is recommended to insert floats as a separate paragraph to avoid possible
17244 LaTeX-errors that can occur when the surrounding text is specially formatted.
17247 \begin_layout Subsection
17251 \begin_layout Subsubsection
17253 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
17254 name "Floats ! Figure floats"
17259 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
17260 name "sec:Figure-Floats"
17267 \begin_layout Standard
17270 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17271 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17274 inserts a float with the label
17275 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17280 Figure\InsetSpace ~
17284 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17288 Set the cursor above this label (or before it and press enter) and insert
17289 the image as described above to get the caption printed below the image.
17290 This is what we did for Figure\InsetSpace ~
17292 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
17293 reference "cap:Platypus"
17298 If you want the caption to be above the image, set the cursor at the end
17299 of the caption, press enter and insert the image.
17300 This was done in Figure\InsetSpace ~
17302 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
17303 reference "cap:Escher"
17310 \begin_layout Standard
17311 \begin_inset Float figure
17316 \begin_layout Standard
17318 \begin_inset Graphics
17319 filename clipart/platypus.eps
17322 rotateOrigin center
17329 \begin_layout Standard
17330 \begin_inset Caption
17332 \begin_layout Standard
17333 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
17334 name "cap:Platypus"
17338 A severely distorted platypus in a float.
17351 \begin_layout Standard
17352 \begin_inset Float figure
17357 \begin_layout Standard
17358 \begin_inset Caption
17360 \begin_layout Standard
17361 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
17375 \begin_layout Standard
17377 \begin_inset Graphics
17378 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
17381 rotateOrigin center
17393 \begin_layout Standard
17394 This figure float show also how to set a label and create a cross-reference
17396 As described in section\InsetSpace ~
17398 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
17399 reference "sec:Cross-References"
17403 , you can simply insert a label in the caption using the menu
17405 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17408 and refer to it using the menu
17410 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17414 It is important to use references to figure floats, rather than using vague
17416 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17420 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17423 , because as LaTeX will reposition the floats in the final document; it
17425 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17429 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17435 \begin_layout Standard
17436 Normally one inserts only one image to a figure float, but sometimes you
17437 might want to use two images with separate subcaptions.
17438 This can be done in the graphics dialog: Right-click on an image and go
17444 in the appearing dialog, use the option
17448 , and enter the subcaption for the image in the now enabled caption field.
17449 Figure\InsetSpace ~
17451 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
17452 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
17456 is an example of a figure float with two images set side by side.
17457 You can also set the images one below the other.
17460 \begin_layout Standard
17461 \begin_inset Float figure
17466 \begin_layout Standard
17470 \begin_inset Graphics
17471 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
17474 subcaptionText "Undefinable structure"
17481 \begin_inset Graphics
17482 filename clipart/platypus.eps
17486 subcaptionText "Platypus"
17495 \begin_layout Standard
17496 \begin_inset Caption
17498 \begin_layout Standard
17499 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
17500 name "cap:Two-distorted-images"
17504 Two distorted images.
17517 \begin_layout Standard
17518 Note that the caption is added to the
17524 as described in section\InsetSpace ~
17526 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
17527 reference "sec:ListsOf"
17534 \begin_layout Subsubsection
17536 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
17537 name "Floats ! Table floats"
17542 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
17543 name "sec:Table-Floats"
17550 \begin_layout Standard
17551 Table floats can be inserted using the menu
17553 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17554 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17558 They have the same properties as figure floats except of the different
17562 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
17563 reference "cap:Table-float"
17567 is an example of a table float.
17570 \begin_layout Standard
17571 \begin_inset Float table
17576 \begin_layout Standard
17577 \begin_inset Caption
17579 \begin_layout Standard
17580 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
17581 name "cap:Table-float"
17593 \begin_layout Standard
17595 \begin_inset Tabular
17596 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
17598 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
17599 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
17600 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
17601 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
17602 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17605 \begin_layout Standard
17620 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17623 \begin_layout Standard
17638 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17641 \begin_layout Standard
17657 <row topline="true">
17658 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17661 \begin_layout Standard
17676 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17679 \begin_layout Standard
17694 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17697 \begin_layout Standard
17713 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
17714 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17717 \begin_layout Standard
17727 \begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$
17735 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17738 \begin_layout Standard
17748 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
17750 c & d\end{array}\right]$
17758 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17761 \begin_layout Standard
17771 \begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$
17792 \begin_layout Subsubsection
17794 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
17795 name "Floats ! Algorithm floats"
17802 \begin_layout Standard
17803 This float type is inserted with the menu
17805 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17806 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17810 It is used for program codes and descriptions of algorithms.
17811 A possible environment for algorithms is the
17815 , described in section\InsetSpace ~
17817 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
17818 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
17825 \begin_layout Standard
17826 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
17829 \begin_layout Standard
17834 that the float label is not automatically translated into the document
17840 You have to do this manually by adding the following line
17843 \begin_layout Standard
17848 floatname{algorithm}{your\InsetSpace ~
17852 \begin_layout Standard
17853 to the document preamble (menu
17855 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17865 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17873 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17879 \begin_layout Subsubsection
17881 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
17882 name "Floats ! Text Wrap Floats"
17887 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
17888 name "sec:floatflt"
17895 \begin_layout Standard
17896 This float type is used if you want to
17897 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17901 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17904 text around a figure so that it only occupies some fraction of the column
17906 It can be inserted using the menu
17907 \begin_inset Wrap figure
17912 \begin_layout Standard
17913 \begin_inset Graphics
17914 filename clipart/mobius.eps
17917 rotateOrigin center
17924 \begin_layout Standard
17925 \begin_inset Caption
17927 \begin_layout Standard
17928 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
17929 name "cap:Wrapped-figure"
17933 This is a wrapped figure, and this is the brilliant caption that describes
17935 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
17950 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17951 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17956 if the LaTeX-package
17961 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
17962 name "LaTeX-packages ! floatflt"
17970 \begin_layout Standard
17971 Installing a LaTeX-package is explained it in the
17981 The width and placement of the float is adjusted by right-clicking on the
17983 Figure\InsetSpace ~
17985 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
17986 reference "cap:Wrapped-figure"
17990 is an example Text\InsetSpace ~
17991 wrap float with a width of 40
17992 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
17999 \begin_layout Standard
18000 Available units are explained in Appendix\InsetSpace ~
18002 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
18003 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
18012 Some space was added under the caption to separate it better from the surroundi
18016 \begin_layout Standard
18021 also supports table wrap floats, but they are not yet supported by LyX.
18022 If you need this, read the documentation of
18027 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
18035 \begin_layout Standard
18036 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
18039 \begin_layout Standard
18045 wrap float floats might be fragile! E.g.
18046 having a figure too close to the bottom of the page can mess things up
18047 in the way that the float doesn't appear in the output or that it is placed
18048 over some other text.
18052 \begin_layout Standard
18053 The better solution is to use the LaTeX-package
18058 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
18059 name "LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig"
18067 but it is currently not supported by LyX.
18080 \begin_layout Itemize
18081 Wrap floats should not be placed in paragraphs that run over a page break.
18082 That means that wrap floats should better be inserted to the exact place
18083 when the document is nearly ready and you are able to estimate where page
18084 breaks will appear.
18087 \begin_layout Itemize
18088 Wrap floats should either be placed in an own paragraph before the paragraph
18089 where they should wrap into or within a paragraph.
18092 \begin_layout Itemize
18093 Wrap floats in consecutive paragraphs may cause troubles, so assure that
18094 there is a text paragraph between them as separator.
18097 \begin_layout Itemize
18098 Wrap floats are not allowed in section headings or tables.
18101 \begin_layout Subsection
18103 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
18104 name "sub:Rotated-Floats"
18109 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
18110 name "Floats ! Rotating"
18117 \begin_layout Standard
18118 Especially for wide tables you might have floats rotated.
18119 To rotate a whole float including the caption, right-click on the float-box
18122 Rotate\InsetSpace ~
18128 \begin_layout Standard
18129 Rotated floats are always placed on its own page (or column, when you have
18130 a two-column document).
18131 They are rotated so that you can read them from the outside margin.
18132 Forcing the rotation direction is explained in the
18139 \begin_layout Standard
18140 Referencing rotated floats is the same like for normal floats, the caption
18141 format is also the same: Table\InsetSpace ~
18143 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
18144 reference "cap:Rotated-table"
18148 is an example of a rotated table float.
18151 \begin_layout Standard
18152 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
18155 \begin_layout Standard
18160 Not all DVI-viewers are able to display rotated floats.
18168 \begin_layout Standard
18169 \begin_inset Float table
18174 \begin_layout Standard
18175 \begin_inset Caption
18177 \begin_layout Standard
18178 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
18179 name "cap:Rotated-table"
18191 \begin_layout Standard
18193 \begin_inset Tabular
18194 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="5">
18196 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0">
18197 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0">
18198 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0">
18199 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0">
18200 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0">
18201 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
18202 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18205 \begin_layout Standard
18211 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18214 \begin_layout Standard
18220 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18223 \begin_layout Standard
18229 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18232 \begin_layout Standard
18238 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18241 \begin_layout Standard
18260 \begin_layout Subsection
18262 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
18263 name "sub:Float-Placement"
18268 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
18269 name "Floats ! Placement"
18276 \begin_layout Standard
18277 Right-clicking on a float-box opens a dialog where you can alter the placement
18278 options that LaTeX uses for positioning the float.
18285 is only useful for two-column documents: If you select it, the float will
18286 span across both columns on the page instead of being confined to just
18291 Rotate\InsetSpace ~
18294 is used to rotate floats, see section\InsetSpace ~
18296 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
18297 reference "sub:Rotated-Floats"
18304 \begin_layout Standard
18305 You can use one ore more of the following options in the float dialog to
18306 set the placement for a particular float when you uncheck the option
18309 default\InsetSpace ~
18315 \begin_layout Description
18318 possible: try to place the float on the position where it is inserted
18321 \begin_layout Description
18324 page: try to place the float on the top of the current page
18327 \begin_layout Description
18328 Bottom\InsetSpace ~
18330 page: try to place the float on the bottom of the current page
18333 \begin_layout Description
18336 floats: try to place the float on an own page
18339 \begin_layout Standard
18340 The order of the above option is
18345 That means, if you use the default placement, LaTeX will first try out
18358 , and then the others.
18359 If you don't use the default, LaTeX will try only the checked options but
18361 If none of the 4 placements are possible the procedure is internally repeated
18362 but it is tried to put the float on the following page.
18365 \begin_layout Standard
18366 By default, each options has its own rules:
18369 \begin_layout Standard
18376 only floats occupying less than 70\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
18377 % of the page can be placed at the top
18381 \begin_layout Standard
18384 Bottom\InsetSpace ~
18388 : only floats occupying less than 30\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
18389 % of the page can be placed at the bottom
18393 \begin_layout Standard
18400 : only if more than 50\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
18401 % of the page are occupied by floats, several floats
18402 can be set together on a page.
18405 \begin_layout Standard
18406 If you don't like these rules, you can ignore them by using the additional
18409 Ignore\InsetSpace ~
18416 \begin_layout Standard
18417 Sometimes you might need, under all circumstances, a float to be placed
18418 exactly at the position where it is inserted.
18419 For this case you can use the option
18425 Use this option very rarely and only if the document is nearly ready to
18427 Because the float is then no longer able to
18428 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18432 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18435 when you change your document and this will often destroy the page layout.
18438 \begin_layout Standard
18439 There are no placement options for text wrap floats, because they are always
18440 surrounded by the text of a certain paragraph.
18443 \begin_layout Standard
18444 For more details about float placements, have a look at LaTeX books like
18446 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
18447 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
18454 \begin_layout Section
18456 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
18462 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
18463 name "sec:Minipages"
18470 \begin_layout Standard
18471 LaTeX provides a mechanism to produce essentially a page within a page,
18473 Within a minipage, all the usual rules of indentation, line wrapping, etc.\InsetSpace ~
18478 \begin_layout Standard
18479 Minipages in LyX have their own collapsible box inserted via the menu
18481 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18485 Right-clicking on the box allows you to alter the width of the minipage
18486 and its alignment within the page.
18489 \begin_layout Standard
18491 \begin_inset Box Frameless
18500 height_special "totalheight"
18503 \begin_layout Standard
18506 This is a minipage.
18507 The text is set in an italic style.
18510 \begin_layout Standard
18513 Minipages are often used for text in another language or text that needs
18514 another formatting.
18522 \begin_layout Standard
18523 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
18526 If you place two minipages side-by-side, you can use
18530 as described in section\InsetSpace ~
18532 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
18533 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
18538 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
18544 \begin_layout Standard
18545 \begin_inset Box Frameless
18554 height_special "totalheight"
18557 \begin_layout Standard
18558 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
18559 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
18567 \begin_inset Box Frameless
18576 height_special "totalheight"
18579 \begin_layout Standard
18580 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
18581 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
18589 \begin_layout Standard
18590 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
18596 \begin_layout Standard
18597 When you right-click on a minipage box, you can change the box from a minipage
18598 to other box types.
18599 All box types and their settings are explained in detail in chapter
18610 \begin_layout Chapter
18611 Mathematical Formulas
18612 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
18618 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
18619 name "Formulas | see{Math}"
18624 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
18625 name "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
18632 \begin_layout Section
18634 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
18635 name "Math ! Basics"
18642 \begin_layout Standard
18643 To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon
18644 \begin_inset Graphics
18645 filename ../images/math-mode.png
18650 That will create a little blue rectangle, with purple markers around its
18652 That blue rectangle is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate
18653 what level of nesting within the formula you are at.
18654 You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the
18656 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18662 \begin_layout Standard
18663 Editing the parameters of a formula and adding math constructs can be done
18669 , that appears when the cursor is in a formula.
18672 \begin_layout Standard
18673 There are two main types of formulas: Inline formulas appear within a text
18674 line, like this one:
18677 \begin_layout Standard
18678 This is a line with an inline formula
18679 \begin_inset Formula $A=B$
18685 \begin_layout Standard
18686 Displayed formulas appear outside the text like as they were in an own paragraph
18688 \begin_inset Formula \[
18693 You can only number and reference displayed formulas.
18696 \begin_layout Standard
18697 LyX supports also many LaTeX math commands.
18700 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18710 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18713 , followed by a space, in a formula will create the Greek letter
18714 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
18718 So typing commands might sometimes be faster than using the
18726 \begin_layout Subsection
18727 Navigating in Formulas
18728 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
18729 name "Math ! Navigating"
18736 \begin_layout Standard
18737 The best control over the cursor position within an existing formula is
18738 achieved with the arrow keys.
18739 LyX uses small rectangles to indicate places where something can be inserted.
18740 The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula.
18745 will leave a formula construct (a square root
18746 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$
18750 \begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$
18754 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
18756 3 & 4\end{array}\right]$
18764 will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula.
18769 can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the
18770 cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation.
18773 \begin_layout Standard
18778 , printed in this document as
18779 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18786 \begin_layout Standard
18796 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18800 \begin_inset Note Note
18803 \begin_layout Standard
18804 This command will appear in the output as official character denoting the
18805 space character (visible space).
18810 , seems to do nothing in a formula, since it does not add a space between
18811 characters, but it does exit a nested structure.
18812 For this reason, you have to be careful about using
18817 For example, if you want
18818 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$
18829 \begin_layout Standard
18848 \begin_layout Standard
18861 \begin_layout Standard
18872 , since in the latter case only the
18875 \begin_inset Formula $2x$
18880 will be under the square root sign:
18881 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$
18887 \begin_layout Standard
18888 You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled
18890 \begin_inset Formula \[
18891 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
18894 & & \lambda_{n}\end{array}\right)\]
18898 If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing
18899 in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind.
18902 \begin_layout Subsection
18906 \begin_layout Standard
18907 You can select text within a formula in two different ways.
18908 Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press
18912 and a cursor movement key to select text.
18913 It will be highlighted as with regular text selection.
18914 Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way.
18915 That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula,
18916 but not in a normal text region in LyX.
18919 \begin_layout Subsection
18920 Exponents and Subscripts
18921 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
18922 name "Math ! Exponents"
18927 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
18928 name "Math ! Subscripts"
18935 \begin_layout Standard
18936 You can use the math panel to add super- or subscripts, but the much easier
18937 way is to use a command.
18939 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
18942 , type in a formula
18948 \begin_layout Standard
18964 puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression.
18970 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$
18974 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$
18983 \begin_layout Standard
18995 If you use characters in the superscript, that could be accented with the
18997 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19001 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19004 , you have to use an extra
19008 to separate the hat and the character.
19011 \begin_inset Formula $x^{a}$
19020 \begin_layout Standard
19032 Subscripts are similar: To get
19033 \begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$
19042 \begin_layout Standard
19056 \begin_layout Subsection
19058 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
19059 name "Math ! Fractions"
19066 \begin_layout Standard
19067 Create a fraction with either the command
19074 \begin_inset Graphics
19075 filename ../images/math/frac.png
19086 You will be presented with an empty fraction.
19087 The cursor is above the fraction line.
19088 To move it to the bottom, simply press
19093 To move back up, press
19098 Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows:
19099 \begin_inset Formula \[
19100 \left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
19102 4 & 5\end{array}\right)}\right]\]
19109 \begin_layout Subsection
19111 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
19112 name "Math ! Roots"
19119 \begin_layout Standard
19120 Roots can be created using the
19126 \begin_inset Graphics
19127 filename ../images/math/sqrt.png
19150 you can produce roots of higher orders, like cube roots, while
19156 produces always a square root.
19159 \begin_layout Subsection
19160 Operators with Limits
19161 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
19167 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
19168 name "Math ! Integrals"
19173 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
19174 name "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
19181 \begin_layout Standard
19183 \begin_inset Formula $\sum$
19187 \begin_inset Formula $\int$
19190 ) operators are very often decorated with limits.
19191 These limits can be entered in LyX by entering them as you would enter
19192 a super- or subscript, directly after the symbol.
19193 The sum operator will automatically place its
19194 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19198 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19201 over and under the symbol in displayed formulas, and on the side in inline
19204 \begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$
19208 \begin_inset Formula \[
19209 \sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e\]
19213 Integral signs, however, will place the limits on the side in both formula
19217 \begin_layout Standard
19218 All operators with limits will be automatically re-sized when placed in
19220 The placement of the limits can be changed by placing the cursor directly
19221 behind the operator and hitting
19227 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19228 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19229 Change\InsetSpace ~
19230 Limits\InsetSpace ~
19236 \begin_layout Standard
19237 Certain other mathematical expressions have this
19238 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19242 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19245 feature as addition, such as
19246 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
19247 name "Math ! Limits"
19252 \begin_inset Formula \[
19253 \lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),\]
19257 which will place the
19258 \begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$
19262 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19266 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19270 In inline formulas it looks like this:
19271 \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$
19277 \begin_layout Standard
19278 Note that the lim-function was entered as the function macro
19285 Have a look at section\InsetSpace ~
19287 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
19288 reference "sub:Functions"
19292 for an explanation of function macros.
19295 \begin_layout Subsection
19297 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
19298 name "Math ! Symbols"
19305 \begin_layout Standard
19306 Most math symbols can be found in the
19311 under one of several categories; including
19328 There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical
19332 \begin_layout Standard
19333 If you know the LaTeX-command for a construct or symbol you wish to use,
19334 you don't have to use the
19339 , but can type the command directly into the formula.
19340 LyX will convert it to the corresponding symbol or construct.
19343 \begin_layout Subsection
19345 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
19346 name "Math ! Spaces"
19351 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
19352 name "sub:Altering-Spacing"
19359 \begin_layout Standard
19360 You may want to create spaces that differs from the standard spacing that
19372 \begin_inset Graphics
19373 filename ../images/math/space.png
19378 This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen.
19379 Here a example for the sequence
19384 \begin_inset Formula $a\, b$
19388 \begin_inset Graphics
19389 filename clipart/SpaceMarker.png
19394 You can change the space to different sizes when you set the cursor behind
19395 the space marker and hit space again several times.
19396 With every space hit the size will be changed.
19397 Some markers for the space size appear red in LyX, because they are a negative
19402 \begin_layout Standard
19412 \begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$
19418 \begin_layout Standard
19428 \begin_inset Formula $a\! b$
19434 \begin_layout Subsection
19436 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
19437 name "Math ! Functions"
19442 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
19443 name "sub:Functions"
19450 \begin_layout Standard
19456 contains under the button
19457 \begin_inset Graphics
19458 filename ../images/math/functions.png
19462 a number of functions, such as
19463 \begin_inset Formula $\sin$
19467 \begin_inset Formula $\lim$
19475 (you can also insert them in a formula by typing
19482 Standard mathematical practice is, that functions are printed upright to
19483 avoid confusions, because
19484 \begin_inset Formula $sin$
19488 \begin_inset Formula $s·i·n$
19494 \begin_layout Standard
19495 Using the function macros will also produce correct spacing around the function:
19497 \begin_inset Formula $a\sin x$
19501 \begin_inset Formula $asinx$
19507 \begin_layout Standard
19508 For some mathematical objects, like the limes, the macro changes the way
19509 that subscripts are placed, like described in section\InsetSpace ~
19511 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
19512 reference "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
19519 \begin_layout Subsection
19521 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
19522 name "Math ! Accents"
19529 \begin_layout Standard
19530 In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text
19532 This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use.
19533 You can also use LaTeX commands to e.g.
19535 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
19538 even if your keyboard doesn't have hat-accents enabled.
19539 Our example is entered by typing
19547 \begin_layout Standard
19561 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
19562 reference "cap:Accent-names-and"
19566 shows the equivalences between the accent names and the commands.
19569 \begin_layout Standard
19570 \begin_inset Float table
19575 \begin_layout Standard
19576 \begin_inset Caption
19578 \begin_layout Standard
19579 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
19580 name "cap:Accent-names-and"
19584 Accent names and the corresponding commands.
19592 \begin_layout Standard
19594 \begin_inset Tabular
19595 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="3">
19597 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
19598 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
19599 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
19600 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
19601 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19604 \begin_layout Standard
19610 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19613 \begin_layout Standard
19619 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19622 \begin_layout Standard
19638 <row topline="true">
19639 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19642 \begin_layout Standard
19657 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19660 \begin_layout Standard
19670 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19673 \begin_layout Standard
19683 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
19692 <row topline="true">
19693 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19696 \begin_layout Standard
19711 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19714 \begin_layout Standard
19724 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19727 \begin_layout Standard
19737 \begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$
19746 <row topline="true">
19747 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19750 \begin_layout Standard
19765 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19768 \begin_layout Standard
19778 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19781 \begin_layout Standard
19791 \begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$
19800 <row topline="true">
19801 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19804 \begin_layout Standard
19819 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19822 \begin_layout Standard
19832 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19835 \begin_layout Standard
19845 \begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$
19854 <row topline="true">
19855 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19858 \begin_layout Standard
19873 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19876 \begin_layout Standard
19886 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19889 \begin_layout Standard
19899 \begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$
19908 <row topline="true">
19909 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19912 \begin_layout Standard
19927 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19930 \begin_layout Standard
19940 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19943 \begin_layout Standard
19953 \begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$
19962 <row topline="true">
19963 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19966 \begin_layout Standard
19981 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19984 \begin_layout Standard
19994 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19997 \begin_layout Standard
20007 \begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$
20016 <row topline="true">
20017 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20020 \begin_layout Standard
20035 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20038 \begin_layout Standard
20048 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20051 \begin_layout Standard
20061 \begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$
20070 <row topline="true">
20071 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20074 \begin_layout Standard
20089 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20092 \begin_layout Standard
20102 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20105 \begin_layout Standard
20115 \begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$
20124 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
20125 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20128 \begin_layout Standard
20134 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20137 \begin_layout Standard
20147 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20150 \begin_layout Standard
20160 \begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$
20181 \begin_layout Standard
20182 You can choose one of the accents by selecting an item from the
20188 \begin_inset Graphics
20189 filename ../images/math/hat.png
20193 in the math panel ; this will apply to any selection you have made within
20197 \begin_layout Section
20198 Brackets and Delimiters
20199 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
20200 name "Math ! Brackets"
20205 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
20206 name "Math ! Delimiters"
20211 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
20212 name "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
20219 \begin_layout Standard
20220 There are several brackets available through LyX.
20221 For most purposes, using just the keys
20226 But if you want to surround a large structure, like a matrix or a fraction,
20227 or if you have several layers of brackets, is better using
20233 \begin_inset Graphics
20234 filename ../images/math/delim.png
20239 For example, that's how you would construct the brackets around a standard
20241 \begin_inset Formula \[
20242 \left[\begin{array}{cc}
20244 3 & 4\end{array}\right]\]
20248 and to make it easier to see the layers of parentheses as in:
20249 \begin_inset Formula \[
20250 \frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}\]
20257 \begin_layout Standard
20258 The parentheses, and other brackets from that menu will automatically re-size
20259 to accommodate the size of what is inside.
20262 \begin_layout Standard
20263 To construct brackets click on the button for the bracket you want on the
20264 left side and right side.
20265 If you use the option
20270 , the selected bracket type will be used for the left and the right side.
20271 The selection will be shown below the button field.
20272 If you want one side to not have a bracket, use the blank button.
20273 It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will be printed.
20276 \begin_layout Standard
20277 If you want to place brackets around math structures, like a square root,
20278 you can do that by highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to go
20279 inside the brackets.
20280 Then choose the appropriate brackets for left and right and click on
20285 The parentheses will be drawn around the selected structure.
20288 \begin_layout Standard
20289 The next section explains how to insert a LaTeX
20290 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20294 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20300 \begin_layout Section
20302 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
20303 name "Math ! Grouping"
20308 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
20309 name "sec:Grouping"
20316 \begin_layout Standard
20317 You may need to group a set of symbols.
20318 In LaTeX, for example, the typesetting of
20329 \begin_layout Standard
20330 \begin_inset Formula \[
20331 {x^{y}}^{z}\quad\mathrm{differs\; from}\quad x^{y^{z}}\]
20338 \begin_layout Standard
20339 To create this grouping, you need to use the key sequence
20340 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20350 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20354 Inside LyX, you will see red braces indicating the grouping.
20355 Within this braces you insert the grouped structure.
20356 The grouping braces won't appear in the output in contrary to normal braces.
20359 \begin_layout Section
20360 Arrays and Multi-line Equations
20361 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
20362 name "Math ! Arrays"
20367 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
20368 name "Math ! Matrices"
20373 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
20374 name "Math ! Multi-line Equations"
20381 \begin_layout Standard
20382 Matrices are entered in LyX using the
20388 \begin_inset Graphics
20389 filename ../images/math/matrix.png
20394 It will open a dialog for you to choose the number of rows/columns.
20395 Here is an example:
20396 \begin_inset Formula \[
20397 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
20400 7 & 8 & 9\end{array}\right)\]
20404 The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as described in section\InsetSpace ~
20406 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
20407 reference "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
20412 When you construct the matrix, you can decide whether the column entries
20413 will be left-, right-, or center-justified.
20414 This alignment is set in the box
20419 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20427 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20431 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20439 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20443 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20451 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20456 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20464 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20467 for every column as default.
20468 For example, the sequence
20469 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20477 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20480 means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be
20481 centered, and the third column will be right-justified, because each letter
20482 corresponds to the relevant column.
20483 The result will look like this:
20484 \begin_inset Formula \[
20486 this & this\, column & this\, column\\
20487 column & has & has\, right\\
20488 has\, left\, alignment & center\, alignment & alignment\end{array}.\]
20495 \begin_layout Standard
20496 You can add more rows to an existing matrix by hitting
20500 while the cursor is in the matrix.
20501 Adding or deleting columns can be done via the menu
20503 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20509 \begin_layout Standard
20510 There are other arrays used in formulas, such as distinctions of cases.
20511 It can be created with the menu
20513 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20514 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20526 \begin_inset Formula \[
20530 1 & x>0\end{cases}\]
20537 \begin_layout Standard
20538 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
20541 Multi-line formulas are created when you press
20549 In an empty formula you can see that three blue boxes appear, one for each
20558 in a non-empty formula, the part before the relation sign (equal sign
20559 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20563 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20566 etc.) will be inserted automatically to the first column, the relation sign
20567 is in the second column, and the rest in the third column.
20568 A new row is created by every further hit of
20576 Multi-line formulas are always displayed formulas.
20577 Here is an example:
20578 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
20579 a^{2} & = & (b^{2}+c^{2})(b^{2}-c^{2})\nonumber \\
20580 a & = & \sqrt{b^{4}-c^{4}}\label{eq:asquared}\end{eqnarray}
20584 To change the column assignment of the formula parts, place the cursor
20585 where you want to start the shift and hit
20590 It shifts everything in the column which is right beside the current cursor
20591 position to the next column.
20592 Note that the middle column is designed for relation signs, structures
20593 within this column will be printed in a smaller size:
20594 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray*}
20595 \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B}\end{eqnarray*}
20602 \begin_layout Standard
20603 The multi-line formula type described here is called
20610 There are other multi-line types being more suitable for certain situations,
20611 for example if you want a better inter-line spacing than in formula (
20612 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
20613 reference "eq:asquared"
20618 The other types are described in section\InsetSpace ~
20620 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
20621 reference "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
20628 \begin_layout Section
20629 Formula Numbering and Referencing
20630 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
20631 name "Math ! Formula numbering"
20636 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
20637 name "Math ! Referencing formulas"
20642 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
20643 name "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
20650 \begin_layout Standard
20651 To number a formula, set the cursor in the formula and use the menu
20653 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20654 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20655 Toggle\InsetSpace ~
20664 The formula number appears in LyX as
20665 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20669 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20672 within parentheses.
20674 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20678 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20681 denotes, that the number will be calculated automatically when the output
20683 The placement and format of the formula number in the output depends on
20684 the document class.
20685 In this document the number is printed together with the chapter number,
20686 separated by a dot:
20687 \begin_inset Formula \begin{equation}
20688 1+1=2\end{equation}
20697 in a numbered formula will switch off the numbering.
20698 You can only number displayed formulas.
20701 \begin_layout Standard
20702 Multi-line formulas can be numbered line by line: Using the menu
20704 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20705 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20706 Toggle\InsetSpace ~
20707 Numbering\InsetSpace ~
20716 will only toggle the numbering of the line where the cursor is in:
20717 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
20719 2 & = & 4-2\nonumber \\
20720 4 & \leq & 7\end{eqnarray}
20724 To number all lines use the shortcut
20732 \begin_layout Standard
20733 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
20736 Every displayed formula can be referenced by its number using a label.
20737 A label is inserted with the menu
20739 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20742 when the cursor is in the formula.
20743 This opens a dialog to enter the label.
20744 It is recommended to use the proposed
20745 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20753 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20756 as first part of the label, because this helps later to identify the label
20757 type when you have many labels in your document.
20758 We inserted in the following example the label
20759 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20763 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20766 in the second line:
20767 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
20768 \tanh(x) & = & \frac{\sinh(x)}{\cosh(x)}\nonumber \\
20769 & = & \frac{\mathrm{e}^{2x}-1}{\mathrm{e}^{2x}+1}\label{eq:tanhExp}\end{eqnarray}
20773 Every labeled line is automatically numbered.
20774 Therefore the label is shown in LyX at the place of the formula number
20776 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20780 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20784 You can reference a labeled formula using the menu
20786 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20791 A dialog appears to choose a label you want refer to.
20792 The reference appears in LyX as grey cross reference box and in the output
20793 as the formula number:
20796 \begin_layout Standard
20797 This is a cross-reference to equation (
20798 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
20799 reference "eq:tanhExp"
20806 \begin_layout Standard
20807 The properties of LyX's cross-reference box are described in section\InsetSpace ~
20809 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
20810 reference "sec:Cross-References"
20815 To delete a label, set the cursor in the labeled formula, use the menu
20818 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20821 and delete the label in the appearing dialog.
20825 \begin_layout Standard
20826 This is a unintuitive and will be fixed in the next version of LyX.
20834 \begin_layout Section
20835 User defined math macros
20836 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
20837 name "Math ! Macros"
20844 \begin_layout Standard
20845 LyX allows you to define macros for formulas.
20846 For example we assume that solutions of the quadratic equation often occur
20847 in our document in various forms and we want to create a macro to print
20850 The general form of a quadratic equation is:
20851 \begin_inset Formula \[
20852 0=\lambda^{2}+p\lambda+q\]
20856 The general form of its solution is:
20857 \begin_inset Formula \[
20858 \lambda_{1,2}=-\frac{p}{2}\pm\sqrt{\frac{p²}{4}-q}\]
20865 \begin_layout Standard
20866 The macro should print the parameters
20867 \begin_inset Formula $\lambda$
20871 \begin_inset Formula $p$
20875 \begin_inset Formula $q$
20878 like in the equation above.
20881 \begin_layout Standard
20882 A macro is created by executing the command
20885 \begin_layout Standard
20892 \begin_layout Standard
20905 \begin_layout Standard
20914 Number\InsetSpace ~
20919 \begin_layout Standard
20920 in the minibuffer at the bottom of the LyX screen.
20921 Name is the name of the new macro which mustn't contain numbers.
20922 The number of arguments can be a number in the range 1-9.
20923 If you want to define a macro without arguments, don't declare the number
20927 \begin_layout Standard
20928 We have three arguments and name the macro
20929 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20933 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20936 , so that the command is:
20939 \begin_layout Standard
20946 \begin_layout Standard
20959 \begin_layout Standard
20971 \begin_layout Standard
20972 This results in the following macro definition box:
20973 \begin_inset Graphics
20974 filename clipart/macrobox.png
20979 \begin_inset FormulaMacro
20980 \newcommand{\qE}[3]{#1_{1,\,2}=-\frac{#2}{2}\pm\sqrt{\frac{#2^{2}}{4}-#3}}
20981 {\textrm{qE: }#1\textrm{ , }#2\textrm{ , }#3}
20985 \begin_inset Note Note
20988 \begin_layout Standard
20989 The first box is an image to show the behavior in the output.
20990 The second one is the definition box, that doesn't appear in the output.
20998 \begin_layout Standard
20999 The first blue box is for the definition, where you insert the formula via
21000 the math panel or commands.
21001 The placeholder for the arguments are inserted as a backslash and sharp
21002 followed by the argument number, e.g.
21004 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21010 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21013 for the first argument.
21014 Placeholders will be displayed in red.
21015 The second blue box is for the appearance in LyX.
21016 This is useful when you have a large structure that shouldn't be displayed
21017 in LyX with its full size.
21018 If you want to see the macro as it is defined, leave the box blank.
21019 In our example we insert the sequence
21049 The macro will then be shown as the macro name followed by the three arguments.
21052 \begin_layout Standard
21053 To use the macro in a formula, type its name as command, in our case
21054 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21064 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21068 The macro is inserted with boxes for the arguments looking similar to this:
21071 \begin_layout Standard
21073 \begin_inset Graphics
21074 filename clipart/macrouse.png
21081 \begin_layout Standard
21082 The arguments are inserted in the blue boxes.
21083 If the cursor is outside the macro, the arguments are put in the macro.
21084 To change the arguments, put the cursor in the formula before or after
21085 the macro and press the right or left arrow key respectively.
21086 The arguments appear now again below the macro definition.
21089 \begin_layout Standard
21090 If you change the macro definition all macros are changed automatically
21091 to the new definition.
21092 Here an example of our macro with the arguments
21093 \begin_inset Formula $x$
21097 \begin_inset Formula $\ln(x)$
21101 \begin_inset Formula $B$
21105 \begin_inset Formula \[
21106 \qE{x}{\ln(y)}{B}\]
21113 \begin_layout Standard
21114 When the document is exported to LaTeX, the macro definition will be inserted
21118 \begin_layout Standard
21137 \begin_layout Standard
21152 \begin_layout Standard
21163 frac{#2^{2}}{4}-#3}}
21166 \begin_layout Standard
21167 The command is not inserted in the document preamble.
21168 That means you can only use macros in formulas that are below the macro
21169 definition box in your document.
21170 There are also some other restrictions: The command
21172 newcommand supports optional arguments, which are not available in LyX's
21174 You can also not change subsequently the name of the macro and the number
21179 \begin_layout Section
21183 \begin_layout Subsection
21185 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
21186 name "Math ! Typefaces"
21193 \begin_layout Standard
21194 The standard font for text is italic, for numbers the standard is roman.
21195 To set a font in a formula, use the
21201 \begin_inset Graphics
21202 filename ../images/math/font.png
21206 , or enter its command, listed in table\InsetSpace ~
21208 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
21209 reference "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
21216 \begin_layout Standard
21217 \begin_inset Float table
21222 \begin_layout Standard
21223 \begin_inset Caption
21225 \begin_layout Standard
21226 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
21227 name "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
21231 Typefaces and the corresponding commands.
21239 \begin_layout Standard
21241 \begin_inset Tabular
21242 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="2">
21244 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
21245 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" rightline="true" width="0pt">
21246 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
21247 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21250 \begin_layout Standard
21256 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21259 \begin_layout Standard
21266 <row topline="true">
21267 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21270 \begin_layout Standard
21277 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$
21285 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21288 \begin_layout Standard
21299 <row topline="true">
21300 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21303 \begin_layout Standard
21304 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$
21312 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21315 \begin_layout Standard
21326 <row topline="true">
21327 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21330 \begin_layout Standard
21331 \begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$
21339 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21342 \begin_layout Standard
21353 <row topline="true">
21354 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21357 \begin_layout Standard
21364 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$
21372 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21375 \begin_layout Standard
21386 <row topline="true">
21387 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21390 \begin_layout Standard
21391 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}}$
21399 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21402 \begin_layout Standard
21413 <row topline="true">
21414 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21417 \begin_layout Standard
21418 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$
21426 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21429 \begin_layout Standard
21440 <row topline="true">
21441 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21444 \begin_layout Standard
21452 \begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$
21460 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21463 \begin_layout Standard
21474 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
21475 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21478 \begin_layout Standard
21479 \begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{SansSerif}$
21487 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21490 \begin_layout Standard
21513 \begin_layout Standard
21514 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
21517 \begin_layout Standard
21522 that you can only print capital letters in the typefaces
21538 \begin_layout Standard
21539 When you use a typeface, a blue box is inserted in the formula.
21540 Every character in this box will be printed in this typeface.
21545 within the box, will set the cursor outside, so that you have to use a
21546 protected space when you need a space in the box.
21547 Here an example where a
21548 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21552 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21559 denotes the set of numbers:
21560 \begin_inset Formula \[
21561 f(x)=\sqrt{x}\:;\: x\in\mathbb{N}\]
21568 \begin_layout Standard
21569 The typefaces are nestable, which can cause confusion.
21580 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{abc\mathfrak{d}e}$
21585 So better don't use this feature.
21588 \begin_layout Standard
21589 The typefaces have no effect on Greek letters:
21590 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{abc\delta e}$
21595 You can only print them emboldened using the command
21601 , which works like the other typeface commands:
21602 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha\beta\gamma\boldsymbol{\alpha\beta\gamma}$
21608 \begin_layout Standard
21615 works for all symbols, letters, and numbers.
21618 \begin_layout Standard
21619 A number of other font options are available as well, in the menu
21621 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21622 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21629 \begin_layout Subsection
21631 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
21639 \begin_layout Standard
21640 Typefaces are useful for entering some characters in some given font, but
21642 For typing longer pieces of text use the math text, which is obtained using
21645 Normal\InsetSpace ~
21655 \begin_inset Graphics
21656 filename ../images/math/font.png
21660 (alternatively the shortcut
21666 Math text appears in LyX in black instead of blue.
21667 You can use spaces and accents in math text like in normal text.
21668 Here is an example:
21669 \begin_inset Formula \[
21671 x & \textrm{if I say so}\\
21672 -x & \textrm{unter Umständen}\end{cases}\]
21679 \begin_layout Subsection
21681 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
21682 name "Math ! Font sizes"
21689 \begin_layout Standard
21690 There are four font styles (relative sizes) used in math-mode, which are
21691 automatically chosen in most situations.
21709 For most characters,
21717 are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts,
21718 and certain other structures, are set larger in
21723 Except for some operators, which resize themselves to accommodate various
21724 situations, all text will be set in the styles as LaTeX thinks is appropriate.
21725 These choices can be overridden by using the math panel button
21726 \begin_inset Graphics
21727 filename ../images/math/style.png
21732 A box for the size will be created in which you can insert the math structure.
21733 For example, you can set
21734 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
21737 , which is normally in
21746 \begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$
21750 The four styles are used in the following example:
21753 \begin_layout Standard
21754 \begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$
21758 \begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$
21762 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$
21766 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$
21772 \begin_layout Standard
21773 All these math-mode font sizes are relative, that means, if the whole math
21774 inset is set in a particular size with the menu
21776 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21780 , all sizes in the formula will be adjusted relative to this size.
21781 Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts
21782 will be adjusted to correspond.
21783 As example a formula in the font size
21784 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21788 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21794 \begin_layout Standard
21798 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{e}=\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}$
21804 \begin_layout Section
21806 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
21812 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
21820 \begin_layout Standard
21821 LyX supports the packages provided by the American Mathematical Society
21822 (AMS) that are in common use.
21825 \begin_layout Subsection
21826 Enabling AMS-Support
21829 \begin_layout Standard
21830 Selecting the checkbox
21839 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21843 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
21844 name "Document ! Settings"
21853 will include the AMS-packages in the document, and make the facilities
21855 AMS is needed for many math-constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in
21856 formulas, assure that you have enabled AMS.
21859 \begin_layout Subsection
21861 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
21862 name "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
21867 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
21868 name "Math ! Multi-line Equations"
21875 \begin_layout Standard
21876 AMS-LaTeX provides a selection of different formula types.
21877 LyX allows you to choose between
21898 We refer to the AMS-documentation for an explanation of these formula types.
21901 \begin_layout Chapter
21905 \begin_layout Section
21907 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
21908 name "Cross references"
21913 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
21914 name "sec:Cross-References"
21921 \begin_layout Standard
21922 One of LyX's strengths are cross-references.
21923 You can reference every section, float, footnote, formula, and list in
21925 To reference a document part, you have to insert a label into it.
21926 The label is used as anchor and name for the reference.
21927 We want for example refer to the the second item of the following list:
21930 \begin_layout Enumerate
21934 \begin_layout Enumerate
21935 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
21936 name "enu:Second-item"
21943 \begin_layout Enumerate
21947 \begin_layout Standard
21948 First we insert a label into the second item with the menu
21950 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21953 or the by pressing the toolbar button
21954 \begin_inset Graphics
21955 filename ../images/label-insert.png
21961 A grey label box like this:
21962 \begin_inset Graphics
21963 filename clipart/labelQt4.png
21968 is inserted and the label window pops up asking for the label text.
21969 LyX offers as text the first words of the item with a prefix, in our case
21971 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21979 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21984 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21992 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21996 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22000 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22004 The prefix depends on the document part where the label is inserted, e.g.
22005 if you insert a label to a section heading, the prefix will be
22006 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22014 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22020 \begin_layout Standard
22021 To reference the item, we refer to its label using the menu
22023 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22026 or the toolbar button
22027 \begin_inset Graphics
22028 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
22034 A grey cross-reference box like this:
22035 \begin_inset Graphics
22036 filename clipart/referenceQt4.png
22041 is inserted and the cross-reference window appear showing all labels of
22043 We can now sort the labels alphabetically and then choose the entry
22044 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22052 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22056 At the position of the cross-reference box the item number will appear
22058 Here is our cross-reference:
22061 \begin_layout Standard
22064 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
22065 reference "enu:Second-item"
22072 \begin_layout Standard
22073 It is recommended to use a protected space
22077 \begin_layout Standard
22078 described in section\InsetSpace ~
22080 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
22081 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
22090 between the cross-reference name and its number to avoid ugly linebreaks
22094 \begin_layout Standard
22095 There are six varieties of cross-references:
22098 \begin_layout Description
22099 <reference>: prints the float number, this is the default:
22100 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
22101 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
22108 \begin_layout Description
22109 (<reference>): prints the float number within two parentheses, this is the
22110 style normally used to reference formulas, especially when the reference
22112 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22116 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22120 \begin_inset LatexCommand eqref
22121 reference "eq:tanhExp"
22128 \begin_layout Description
22129 <page>: prints the page number: Page\InsetSpace ~
22131 \begin_inset LatexCommand pageref
22132 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
22139 \begin_layout Description
22142 <page>: prints the text "on page" and the page number:
22143 \begin_inset LatexCommand vpageref
22144 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
22151 \begin_layout Description
22152 <reference>\InsetSpace ~
22155 <page>: prints the float number, the text "on page", and
22157 \begin_inset LatexCommand vref
22158 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
22165 \begin_layout Description
22166 Formatted\InsetSpace ~
22167 reference: prints a self defined cross-reference format.
22170 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
22173 \begin_layout Standard
22178 This feature is only available when you have the LaTeX-package
22181 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22182 name "LaTeX-packages ! prettyref"
22196 \begin_layout Standard
22197 Note that the style <page> won't print the page number if the label is on
22198 the previous, the same, or the next page.
22199 You will e.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
22202 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22210 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22216 \begin_layout Standard
22217 The number and current page of the referred document part in the output,
22218 is automatically calculated by LaTeX.
22219 The varieties are adjusted in the field
22223 of the cross-reference window, that appear when you click on the cross-referenc
22227 \begin_layout Standard
22228 You can only use the style
22232 to reference numbered document parts, while the reference style
22236 is always possible.
22239 \begin_layout Standard
22240 If you want to reference a section, put the label in the section heading,
22241 to reference a float, put the label in the caption.
22242 For footnotes you can put the label somewhere in it.
22243 Referencing formulas is explained in section\InsetSpace ~
22245 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
22246 reference "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
22253 \begin_layout Standard
22260 in the cross-reference window sets the the cursor before the referred label.
22261 The button text changes then to
22266 and you can use it to set the cursor back to the cross-reference.
22267 Right-clicking on a cross-reference box also sets the cursor before the
22268 referred label but without a possibility to go back.
22272 \begin_layout Standard
22273 You can change labels at any time by clicking on the label box.
22274 References to the changed label will automatically change its link to the
22275 new label text, so that you don't need to take care about this.
22278 \begin_layout Standard
22279 If a cross-reference refers to a non-existing label, you'll see two question
22280 marks in the output instead of the reference.
22283 \begin_layout Standard
22284 References are described in detail in the
22291 \begin_layout Section
22292 Table of Contents and other Listings
22293 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22294 name "Table of contents"
22299 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22305 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
22313 \begin_layout Subsection
22314 Table of Contents and Outline
22315 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
22316 name "sub:Table-of-Contents"
22323 \begin_layout Standard
22324 The Table of Contents (TOC) is inserted with the menu
22326 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22327 List/TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22333 Is is displayed in LyX as a gray box.
22334 If you click on it, the TOC window appears, showing you the TOC entries.
22335 You can jump to a document part by clicking on an entry.
22336 Thus you can use this window as graphical alternative for the
22343 \begin_layout Standard
22344 The TOC lists every numbered section automatically.
22345 If you have declared a short title for a section heading, as described
22346 in section\InsetSpace ~
22348 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
22349 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
22353 , it will be used in the TOC instead of the section heading.
22354 Section\InsetSpace ~
22356 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
22357 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
22361 describes how the level is adjusted that defines which section types are
22363 You can also adjust the level for the displayed sections in the TOC window
22364 using the grey fader at the bottom of the window.
22365 Unnumbered sections are not listed in the TOC.
22368 \begin_layout Standard
22369 You can use the TOC window also as outline to move and rearrange sections
22371 The TOC window therefore also appears when you use the menu
22373 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22379 \begin_layout Subsection
22380 List of Figures, Tables and Algorithms
22381 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
22389 \begin_layout Standard
22390 Table, figure, and algorithm lists are very much like the table of contents.
22391 You can insert them via the
22393 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22399 The list entries are the float captions and the float number.
22402 \begin_layout Section
22403 URLs (Uniform Resource Locators)
22404 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22410 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
22418 \begin_layout Standard
22419 It is often desirable to include long
22420 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22424 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22427 items in a document such as Web site URLs, e-mail addresses, etc.
22428 These things typically do not contain any spaces and are thus difficult
22429 to typeset properly.
22430 Such items will often fall on a line boundary if they cannot be split,
22431 resulting in an overfull line.
22432 To avoid this, use the menu
22434 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22437 to enter a long URL and have it split gracefully, if necessary.
22440 \begin_layout Standard
22441 The URL dialog has two fields; the URL field and the
22445 field for the URL description, which will be typeset as plain text immediately
22450 \begin_layout Standard
22451 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
22452 name "LyX-Homepage"
22453 target "http://www.lyx.org"
22460 \begin_layout Standard
22461 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
22471 \begin_layout Itemize
22472 When you use the following characters: "%", "#", "^", you have to write
22473 them with a backslash before, e.g.
22475 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22481 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22487 \begin_layout Itemize
22488 URLs must not end with a backslash!
22491 \begin_layout Section
22493 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22499 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
22500 name "sec:Appendices"
22507 \begin_layout Standard
22508 Appendices are created with the menu
22510 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22512 Appendix\InsetSpace ~
22516 This menu sets the document from the current cursor position to the end
22517 as appendix region.
22518 The region is marked with a red borderline.
22521 \begin_layout Standard
22522 Every chapter (or section) within the appendix region is treated as an appendix,
22523 numbered with a capital Latin letter.
22524 The appendix subsections are numbered with this letter followed by a dot
22525 and the subsection number.
22526 All appendix sections can be referenced as if they were normal sections,
22530 \begin_layout Standard
22531 Appendix\InsetSpace ~
22533 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
22534 reference "cha:Credits"
22538 ; Appendix\InsetSpace ~
22540 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
22541 reference "sub:Export"
22548 \begin_layout Section
22550 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22551 name "Bibliography"
22556 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
22557 name "sec:Bibliography"
22564 \begin_layout Standard
22565 There are two ways of generating the bibliography in a LyX-document.
22566 You can include a bibliography database
22570 \begin_layout Standard
22571 Known under the name
22572 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22576 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22584 , which is explained in the next subsection or you can insert the bibliography
22586 For the second method we use the paragraph environment
22590 , described in section\InsetSpace ~
22592 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
22593 reference "sub:Biblio_environment"
22600 \begin_layout Standard
22605 environment, every paragraph begins with a gray bibliography box labeled
22607 If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a
22616 The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography
22618 For example, our second entry in the bibliography is a book about LaTeX
22620 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22624 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22627 , a short form of its title, as key.
22630 \begin_layout Standard
22631 You can refer to the key of a bibliography entry using the menu
22633 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22636 or the toobar button
22637 \begin_inset Graphics
22638 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
22639 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
22644 A citation reference box is inserted and a citation window will appear
22645 in which you can select one or more keys in the available key list.
22646 The citation reference box will be labeled with the referenced key.
22647 When you click on the box, the citation window appears and you can change
22651 \begin_layout Standard
22652 Citation references appear in the output as number of the bibliography entry
22653 with surrounding brackets.
22658 for the entry, the label will appear instead of the number.
22659 Here two examples; the first without a label, the second with the label
22661 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22665 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22671 \begin_layout Standard
22674 LaTeX Companion Second Edition
22677 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
22678 key "latexcompanion"
22685 \begin_layout Standard
22686 The LyX-Team members are listed in the Credits:
22687 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
22695 \begin_layout Subsection
22696 Bibliography databases (BibTeX)
22697 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22698 name "Bibliography ! Databases"
22703 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22704 name "Bibliography ! BibTeX"
22709 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
22710 name "sub:Bibliography-databases"
22717 \begin_layout Standard
22718 Bibliography databases are useful if you use the same bibliography in different
22720 It makes it also very easy to have an uniform layout for all bibliography
22722 You can collect the bibliography of all relevant books and articles of
22723 your working field in a database.
22724 This database can be used for different documents, because only the referenced
22725 entries of the database will appear in the bibliography list.
22728 \begin_layout Standard
22729 The database is a text file with the file extension
22730 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22738 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22741 containing the bibliography in a special format.
22742 The format is explained in LaTeX books (
22743 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
22744 key "Mittelbach,Kopka,Lamport"
22749 Normally one uses a special program to create and edit entries of the database.
22753 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
22754 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/BibTeX/Programs"
22760 you find a list of programs for bibliography databases.
22763 \begin_layout Standard
22764 To use a database, use the menu
22766 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22771 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22776 \begin_layout Standard
22787 A grey box will be inserted and a window appears.
22788 In this window you can load one or more databases and a style file.
22791 \begin_layout Standard
22792 The style file is a text file with the file extension
22793 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22801 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22804 that declares the layout of all bibliography entries.
22805 Many publishers provide special style files, so that you don't have to
22806 take care of the layout.
22809 \begin_layout Standard
22810 Inserting a citation reference works like described above.
22813 \begin_layout Standard
22814 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
22820 \begin_layout Standard
22821 To generate the bibliography from a database, the program BibTeX is used
22823 This program can be controlled with options that you can add in LyX's preferenc
22834 \begin_layout Standard
22849 \begin_layout Standard
22860 Before adding options, it is strongly recommended to read the manual of
22868 \begin_layout Standard
22869 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
22875 \begin_layout Standard
22876 We use two bibliographies in this document to show the difference between
22877 the two methods of creating them.
22878 As you can see, the bibliography that is created from a database lists
22879 only the database entries that are referenced in the document.
22880 We used the style file
22884 to get the complicated German reference key scheme in the bibliography.
22887 \begin_layout Subsection
22888 Bibliography layout
22889 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22890 name "Bibliography ! Layout"
22897 \begin_layout Standard
22898 In the citation reference dialog you can set a special citation format.
22899 For this feature you need to use the option
22905 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22909 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22910 name "Document ! Settings"
22919 Setting a citation style for a reference will overwrite the default.
22920 For the global citation format use the BibTeX style files as explained
22921 in the previous section.
22924 \begin_layout Standard
22925 You can also set text, that should appear before or after a citation reference,
22926 in the citation reference window.
22927 Here an example where we set the text
22928 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22931 Chapter\InsetSpace ~
22933 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22936 to appear after the reference:
22939 \begin_layout Standard
22941 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
22943 key "latexcompanion"
22950 \begin_layout Section
22952 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22953 name "Index generation"
22958 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
22966 \begin_layout Standard
22967 An index entry is created if you use the menu
22969 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22973 or the toolbar button
22974 \begin_inset Graphics
22975 filename ../images/index-insert.png
22976 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
22982 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22990 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22993 is inserted containing the text that appears in the index.
22994 The word where the cursor is in or the currently highlighted text is proposed
22995 by LyX as index entry.
22998 \begin_layout Standard
22999 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
23002 \begin_layout Standard
23007 The index entry text field differs from all other text fields, because
23008 you have to insert valid LaTeX-code.
23013 Therefore you cannot insert
23016 \begin_layout Standard
23022 \begin_layout Standard
23023 to an index entry field, because the
23024 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23028 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23031 character is used in LaTeX to separate table columns, so that you will
23033 The correct entry is
23036 \begin_layout Standard
23044 \begin_layout Standard
23045 This behavior is necessary because index entries can be formatted in many
23046 ways using special LaTeX commands.
23047 We give a short overview of the index command in the next subsections.
23048 For a detailed description of LaTeX's index mechanism, have a look at one
23050 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
23051 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
23058 \begin_layout Standard
23059 You can change index entries by clicking on the index box.
23062 \begin_layout Standard
23063 The index list is inserted to the document with the menu
23065 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23068 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23073 A light blue box labeled
23074 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23082 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23085 will show the place where the index is printed in the output.
23086 The index list box is not clickable like other LyX-boxes.
23089 \begin_layout Subsection
23090 Grouping Index Entries
23091 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23092 name "Index ! Grouping"
23099 \begin_layout Standard
23100 Index entries are often grouped to offer the reader a fast search in the
23102 We want to group for example the index entries for itemized and enumerated
23103 lists under the entry
23104 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23108 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23112 First we create the entry
23113 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23117 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23120 in section\InsetSpace ~
23122 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
23123 reference "sub:Lists"
23128 In the text field for the itemized list index entry in section\InsetSpace ~
23130 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
23131 reference "sec:Itemize"
23135 , we insert the command
23138 \begin_layout Standard
23144 \begin_layout Standard
23148 \begin_layout Standard
23154 \begin_layout Standard
23155 for the enumerated list in section\InsetSpace ~
23157 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
23158 reference "sec:Enumerate"
23165 \begin_layout Standard
23166 The exclamation mark
23167 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23171 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23174 marks the grouping levels.
23175 You can have three levels; every index level is indented a bit more.
23176 An index entry for the higher levels is not required.
23177 If we don't have an index entry for
23178 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23182 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23185 , it will be printed anyway, but without a page number.
23188 \begin_layout Subsection
23190 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23191 name "Index ! Page ranges"
23198 \begin_layout Standard
23199 Normally an index entry will appear with the page number of the indexed
23201 But sometimes you want to index more pages under the same entry.
23202 E.g if we want to index the paragraph environments, we create an index entry
23203 in section\InsetSpace ~
23205 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
23206 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
23213 \begin_layout Standard
23216 Paragraph environments|(
23219 \begin_layout Standard
23220 and another entry at the end of section\InsetSpace ~
23222 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
23223 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
23230 \begin_layout Standard
23233 Paragraph environments|)
23236 \begin_layout Standard
23238 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23246 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23250 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23258 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23261 respectively starts and ends the index range.
23262 You can also add the same index entry at different places in the document.
23263 They appear in the output under one entry with a comma separated list of
23264 the pages of the indexed document parts.
23265 An example is the index entry
23266 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23269 Document ! Settings
23270 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23276 \begin_layout Subsection
23278 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23279 name "Index ! Cross referencing"
23286 \begin_layout Standard
23287 It is also possible to refer to another index entry.
23288 We referred for example in the index entry
23289 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23293 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23296 (in section\InsetSpace ~
23298 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
23299 reference "sub:Image-Formats"
23303 ) to the index entry
23304 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23308 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23311 in the same section using the command
23314 \begin_layout Standard
23317 GIF|see{Image formats}
23320 \begin_layout Standard
23321 The text within the braces is the referenced entry.
23322 The reference will appear in the output without a page number.
23325 \begin_layout Subsection
23327 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23328 name "Index ! Entry order"
23335 \begin_layout Standard
23336 You can use accented characters in the index entry, but the entries might
23337 then not follow the rules for the index order.
23338 The index entries are sorted alphabetically, but LaTeX
23342 \begin_layout Standard
23343 The index generating is done in the background by an extra program, see
23344 section\InsetSpace ~
23346 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
23347 reference "sub:Index-Program"
23356 doesn't know how to sort accents in different languages.
23357 We created as example the three dummy index entries
23358 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23362 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23366 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23370 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23374 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23378 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23382 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23383 name "Dummy entries ! maïs"
23388 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23389 name "Dummy entries ! maître"
23394 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23395 name "Dummy entries ! maïs@maison"
23399 They will be sorted in the order maïs, maître, maison, but we want the
23400 order maïs, maison, maître.
23401 To achieve this, we use the command
23404 \begin_layout Standard
23407 previous entry@current entry
23410 \begin_layout Standard
23411 In our case we want to have
23412 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23416 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23420 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23424 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23427 and write therefore for the index entry of maison:
23430 \begin_layout Standard
23436 \begin_layout Standard
23437 The previous entry needn't to be a real existing entry, you can also use
23438 another word to tell LaTeX the entry order, see the next subsection for
23442 \begin_layout Subsection
23444 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23445 name "Index ! Entry layout"
23452 \begin_layout Standard
23453 You can insert entries together with LaTeX-commands for the layout.
23454 If you need for example an italic entry, you can write
23457 \begin_layout Standard
23462 textit{This is an italic entry}
23465 \begin_layout Standard
23472 produces the italic layout.
23473 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23474 name "Dummy entries ! This@\\textit{This is an italic entry}"
23478 We refer to LaTeX books (
23479 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
23480 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
23484 ) for an overview of layout commands.
23485 There is only the problem, that layout commands destroy the sorting order.
23486 To avoid that our index entry appears as the first one, we use the following
23490 \begin_layout Standard
23495 textit{This is an italic entry}
23498 \begin_layout Standard
23499 You can also format the page number using the character
23500 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23504 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23507 followed by a LaTeX-command without a backslash.
23508 We can write for example
23511 \begin_layout Standard
23514 old-style page number:|oldstylenums
23517 \begin_layout Standard
23518 to get the page number in an old-style layout.
23519 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23520 name "Dummy entries ! old-style page number:|oldstylenums"
23524 Normally all LaTeX-commands begin with a backslash, but in this special
23526 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23534 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23541 command{page\InsetSpace ~
23545 Have a look at section\InsetSpace ~
23547 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
23548 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
23552 to learn more about the LaTeX-syntax.
23555 \begin_layout Standard
23556 You can also change the layout for the whole index.
23558 we marked the index list box of this document as bold to get a bold font
23559 for all index entries.
23562 \begin_layout Subsection
23564 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23565 name "Index ! Program"
23570 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
23571 name "sub:Index-Program"
23578 \begin_layout Standard
23579 LyX uses for the index generation by default the program
23584 It can be controlled by options that can be set in LyX's preferences dialog,
23585 see section\InsetSpace ~
23587 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
23588 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
23593 The available options are listed and explained in
23594 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
23602 \begin_layout Standard
23603 You can also specify there another program to generate the index, for example
23611 \begin_layout Section
23612 Nomenclature / Glossary
23613 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23614 name "Nomenclature"
23619 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23620 name "Glossary|see{Nomenclature}"
23625 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
23626 name "sec:Nomenclature"
23633 \begin_layout Standard
23634 Sometimes you need to compile a list of symbols that are mentioned in your
23635 document with a brief explanation of them -- a so called nomenclature or
23639 \begin_layout Standard
23640 To be able to create nomenclatures, you need the LaTeX package
23643 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23644 name "LaTeX-packages ! nomencl"
23651 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
23652 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
23657 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
23660 \begin_layout Standard
23661 A nomenclature entry is created if you place the cursor after a symbol entry
23662 and then use the menu
23664 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23669 omenclature\InsetSpace ~
23672 or the toobar button
23673 \begin_inset Graphics
23674 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
23675 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
23681 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23689 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23692 is inserted and a window pops up asking for the nomenclature entry.
23695 \begin_layout Standard
23696 A nomenclature entry consists of two main entries.
23697 The first is the symbol that you want to refer to.
23698 The second is the description of the symbol.
23701 \begin_layout Standard
23702 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
23705 \begin_layout Standard
23710 Like for the index entry dialog, you have to enter valid LaTeX-code for
23711 all fields of the nomenclature dialog.
23719 \begin_layout Subsection
23720 Nomenclature Definition and Layout
23721 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23722 name "Nomenclature ! Layout"
23729 \begin_layout Standard
23730 When you have symbols in formulas, you have to define them in the
23734 field as LaTeX-formula.
23736 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23740 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
23744 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23758 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23762 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23765 character hereby starts/ends the formula.
23766 The LaTeX-command for the Greek letter is the name of the letter beginning
23768 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23774 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23778 For capital Greek letters, start the command also with a capital letter,
23788 \begin_layout Standard
23789 (A short introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section\InsetSpace ~
23791 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
23792 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
23799 \begin_layout Standard
23805 dialog to format the description text but have to use LaTeX-commands.
23806 For example the description of the nomenclature entry for the
23807 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23811 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
23815 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23818 in this document is:
23822 dummy entry for the character
23844 font use the command
23873 \begin_layout Subsection
23874 Sort Order of Nomenclature Entries
23875 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23876 name "Nomenclature ! Sort order"
23883 \begin_layout Standard
23884 The nomenclature entries are sorted alphabetically by the LaTeX-code of
23885 the symbol definition.
23886 This leads to undesired results when you for example have symbols in formulas.
23887 Suppose you have nomenclature entries for the symbols
23890 \begin_inset LatexCommand nomenclature
23892 description "dummy entry for the character \"a\""
23899 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
23903 \begin_inset LatexCommand nomenclature
23906 description "dummy entry for the character \\textsf{sigma}"
23911 They will be sorted by
23912 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23920 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23924 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23934 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23938 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
23941 will be sorted before the
23945 since the character
23946 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23950 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23953 is considered in sorting.
23956 \begin_layout Standard
23957 To control the sort order, you can edit the
23962 field of the nomenclature dialog.
23963 Then the nomenclature entry will be sorted by this entry and not the symbol
23965 For the given example, you can insert
23969 to this field for the
23970 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
23977 will be located before
23978 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
23984 \begin_layout Standard
23985 For subgrouping and tips for using sort entries see the
23990 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
23998 \begin_layout Subsection
23999 Nomenclature Options
24000 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
24001 name "Nomenclature ! Options"
24008 \begin_layout Standard
24013 package offers some options to adjust the appearance of the nomenclature.
24014 Here are some of its options, for more have a look at its documentation:
24017 \begin_layout Description
24018 refeq Appends the phrase
24019 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24031 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24034 to every nomenclature entry, where
24040 is the number of the last equation in front of the nomenclature entry
24043 \begin_layout Description
24044 refpage Appends the phrase
24045 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24057 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24060 to every nomenclature entry, where
24066 is the number of the page on which the nomenclature entry appeared
24069 \begin_layout Description
24070 intoc Inserts the nomenclature in the Table of Contents
24073 \begin_layout Standard
24074 There are furthermore the options
24118 to print the reference texts and the nomenclature title in the corresponding
24122 \begin_layout Standard
24123 To use one or more of the options, add them to the comma-separated document
24124 class options list in the
24126 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24130 In this document the options
24141 \begin_layout Standard
24142 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
24148 \begin_layout Standard
24149 You can also use the first two options above only for certain nomenclature
24150 entries when you add one of the following commands as last entry to the
24155 field in the nomenclature dialog:
24158 \begin_layout Description
24168 \begin_layout Description
24171 nomrefpage Like the
24178 \begin_layout Description
24181 nomrefeqpage Short notation of
24190 \begin_layout Description
24193 nomnorefeq,\InsetSpace ~
24196 nomnorefpage,\InsetSpace ~
24199 nomnorefeqpage Turns off the corresponding options
24202 \begin_layout Subsection
24203 Printing the Nomenclature
24204 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
24205 name "Nomenclature ! Printing"
24212 \begin_layout Standard
24213 To print the nomenclature, use the menu
24215 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24218 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24222 A light blue box labeled
24223 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24231 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24234 will show the place where the nomenclature is printed in the output.
24235 Like the index list box, the nomenclature list box is not clickable.
24238 \begin_layout Standard
24239 In the printed output the title of the nomenclature appears as
24240 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24244 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24248 If you are not happy with the name, you can change it by redefining the
24256 For example, in order to change the name to
24260 , add the following line to the preamble:
24263 \begin_layout Standard
24271 nomname}{List of Symbols}
24274 \begin_layout Standard
24275 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
24281 \begin_layout Standard
24282 If you are unhappy with the amount of space for symbols, you can alter it
24283 by adding the following line to the preamble:
24286 \begin_layout Standard
24294 nomlabelwidth}{width}
24297 \begin_layout Standard
24300 Where the width is a value with one of the units listed in Appendix\InsetSpace ~
24302 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
24303 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
24308 The default value is 1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
24312 \begin_layout Section
24314 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
24320 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
24321 name "Document ! Branches"
24326 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
24327 name "sec:Branches"
24334 \begin_layout Standard
24335 Sometimes it is useful to hide some document parts in the output.
24336 For example a teacher who is setting an exam obviously doesn't want the
24337 pupils to see the answers, but having questions and answers in the same
24338 document will make the life of the markers of that exam much easier.
24341 \begin_layout Standard
24342 For these cases LyX offers to put text into branches.
24343 The text will then only appear in the output when its branch is activated.
24344 To create a branch, go in the
24346 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24354 The name of the branch, its activation state and the background color of
24355 the branches inside LyX can be specified in this dialog.
24358 \begin_layout Standard
24359 Text that should be in a branch is set into branch inset boxes.
24360 These boxes are inserted via the menu
24362 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24365 where you can choose a branch.
24366 You can later change the branch of the boxes by right-clicking on them.
24369 \begin_layout Standard
24370 Here is an example, where only the question text appears, the answer branch
24371 is deactivated and does therefore not appear in the output:
24374 \begin_layout Standard
24375 \begin_inset Branch Question
24378 \begin_layout Standard
24379 Question: Who was the first physics Nobel prize winner?
24387 \begin_layout Standard
24388 \begin_inset Branch Answer
24391 \begin_layout Standard
24392 Answer: Wilhelm Conrad Röntgen
24400 \begin_layout Section
24401 ERT and the LaTeX Syntax
24402 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
24410 \begin_layout Subsection
24412 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
24418 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
24419 name "sub:ERT-Boxes"
24426 \begin_layout Standard
24427 As LyX uses LaTeX in the background, it supports many LaTeX commands and
24428 constructs, but not all.
24429 LaTeX contains of hundreds of packages which provide different commands.
24430 Every month many packages are updated and new ones added.
24431 This has the advantage that you can typeset nearly everything, for every
24432 problem exists a LaTeX-package.
24433 But LyX can of course not be up to date and support all these packages
24434 and their commands.
24437 \begin_layout Standard
24438 But don't worry, you can use any LaTeX-command directly in LyX inside the
24441 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24445 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24448 , evil because LyX is designed to avoid that you have to use LaTeX-commands.
24449 An ERT box is created by the menu
24451 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24454 or by the toolbar button
24455 \begin_inset Graphics
24456 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
24461 The box itself can be displayed in three different styles:
24474 To change the style, right-click on the box and use the appearing dialog.
24475 Left-clicking on the box will switch between
24486 \begin_layout Standard
24487 You can insert complete or incomplete commands into ERT.
24488 Incomplete means that the command argument can be Standard LyX text.
24489 For example you want to draw a frame around a word and uses therefore the
24496 , you can write the command part
24502 in an ERT box before the word and the closing brace
24506 in a second ERT box behind the word.
24507 The word between the two ERT boxes is then the argument as it is in the
24511 \begin_layout Standard
24512 \begin_inset Graphics
24513 filename clipart/ERT.png
24521 \begin_layout Standard
24525 \begin_layout Standard
24526 This is a line with a
24530 \begin_layout Standard
24543 \begin_layout Standard
24553 \begin_layout Standard
24554 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24557 \begin_layout Standard
24562 At the end of LaTeX-commands without parameters, you have to insert a space
24563 to let LaTeX know that the command is finished.
24571 \begin_layout Subsection
24572 Short Introduction to the LaTeX Syntax
24573 \begin_inset OptArg
24576 \begin_layout Standard
24583 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
24584 name "LaTeX Syntax"
24589 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
24590 name "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
24597 \begin_layout Standard
24598 When you write larger documents or books, you will need to know something
24599 about the LaTeX-commands that LyX uses in the background.
24600 Because LaTeX is based on commands, you can
24601 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24605 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24609 This has the advantage that the layout of the document can be changed at
24610 every time if you know the right commands.
24612 imagine you have to write a manual for a product and the deadline is at
24613 the end of the day.
24614 Your boss just has complimented you for your good work but wants to have
24615 all caption labels bold.
24616 But you have over hundred figure and table captions with non-bold labels
24618 Of course it's impossible to change all caption labels by hand in one day.
24621 \begin_layout Standard
24622 Now LaTeX comes into play.
24623 As written above, for every problem exists a LaTeX-package.
24624 First you have to find out which and therefore look in the LaTeX package
24626 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
24634 \begin_layout Standard
24635 As result you know that the package
24640 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
24641 name "LaTeX-packages ! caption"
24646 To use a package, you have to load it in the document preamble (menu
24648 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24654 \begin_layout Standard
24659 usepackage[options]{package name}
24662 \begin_layout Standard
24663 All LaTeX commands begin with a backslash, the command argument is set within
24664 two braces, and the options are set within two brackets.
24665 Note that not all commands have an argument and options.
24668 \begin_layout Standard
24669 In your case the package name is
24674 After a look in the documentation of the package, you know that the option
24679 will change the font of all caption labels to bold.
24680 So you add the command
24683 \begin_layout Standard
24688 usepackage[labelfont=bf]{caption}
24691 \begin_layout Standard
24692 to the preamble and the problem is solved.
24696 \begin_layout Standard
24697 For more commands provided by the
24701 package, have a look at its documentation,
24702 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
24715 \begin_layout Standard
24716 Note that some document classes have built-in solutions for well known problems
24718 For example if you use a
24722 class, you don't need the package
24726 , you can instead write
24729 \begin_layout Standard
24734 setkomafont{captionlabel}{
24739 \begin_layout Standard
24740 in the preamble and the problem is solved.
24741 So if you plan to write a large document, you should have a look at the
24742 documentation of the document class you want to use.
24749 is an example for a command with more than one argument.)
24752 \begin_layout Standard
24753 Commands in the preamble affects the whole document, while commands in the
24754 text affects only the text after the command or only the text used as command
24756 To insert a LaTeX-command in text, use the ERT box as described in the
24760 \begin_layout Standard
24761 If you want to learn more about LaTeX and its syntax, have a look at the
24763 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
24764 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
24772 \begin_layout Section
24773 Previewing Snippets of your Document
24774 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
24775 name "Instant preview"
24780 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
24781 name "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
24786 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
24787 name "Document ! Preview"
24794 \begin_layout Standard
24795 LyX allows you to generate previews of sections of your document on the
24796 fly so you can see how they'll look in the final document without having
24797 to break your train of thought with
24799 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24805 \begin_layout Standard
24806 If you would for example like to see in LyX your math formulas typeset by
24807 LaTeX, install the LaTeX-package
24810 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
24811 name "LaTeX-packages ! preview-latex"
24817 as explained below, and turn on
24819 Instant\InsetSpace ~
24824 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24831 feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24837 \begin_layout Standard
24838 Previews are generated when you load a document into LyX and when you finish
24840 Previews of an already loaded document are
24844 generated just by selecting the
24846 Instant\InsetSpace ~
24849 check box, you have to reopen the documents to activate the previews.
24852 \begin_layout Standard
24853 LyX will generate previews of math insets.
24854 It will also generate previews of include insets if you select the
24859 check box in the insert dialog.
24860 This is useful if you wish to generate a preview of a LaTeX figure, for
24864 \begin_layout Standard
24865 To get previews working, you need the LaTeX package
24869 (on some systems named simply
24874 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
24875 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
24880 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
24881 You obtain prettier results if you install the program
24889 package; for LyX on Windows this program is automatically installed together
24893 \begin_layout Standard
24894 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
24900 \begin_layout Standard
24901 You can furthermore preview the LaTeX source of the whole document or parts
24905 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24909 and a window will be shown where you can see the LaTeX-source code.
24910 The window shows the source of the whole paragraph where the cursor is
24912 You can also select document parts in LyX's main window, then only this
24913 selection (when it is more than one paragraph) is shown as source code.
24914 To view the whole document as source, enable the corresponding option in
24915 the source view window.
24918 \begin_layout Section
24920 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
24921 name "sec:Spellchecking"
24926 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
24927 name "Spell checking"
24934 \begin_layout Standard
24935 LyX itself has no built-in spell checker.
24936 Rather it uses one of the external programs
24953 This section assumes you have already installed and set up one of these
24959 can be seen as successor of
24963 , so that it is recommended to use aspell.
24968 is a Hebrew spell-checker.
24969 The used spell checker ind its settings are specified in LyX's preferences
24977 \begin_layout Standard
24978 For LyX on Windows, the selection box for the spell checking program is
24979 greyed out in the preferences dialog because only
24986 \begin_layout Standard
24989 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24992 starts the spell checking beginning from the current cursor position.
24993 A dialog window will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found,
24994 allowing you to edit and replace it in a second line.
24995 Whenever an unknown word is found, the word is highlighted and the text
24996 scrolled so that it is visible.
25001 dialog, there is also a box showing suggestions for a correction, if any
25003 Clicking on one of the corrections will copy to the
25007 field, double-click invokes directly the replacement.
25008 Unknown but correctly typed words can be added to the personal dictionary.
25011 \begin_layout Standard
25012 By default, the used dictionary file is determined by the document language
25015 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25019 If you do not have a dictionary for the document language, spell checking
25020 will bring an error message.
25021 In this case, you can specify another dictionary file in the dialog by
25022 specifying a different
25024 Alternative language
25026 in preferences dialog.
25029 \begin_layout Standard
25030 After a spell check you'll informed about the number of checked words.
25033 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
25037 \begin_layout Standard
25038 It is not possible to change the spelling of a particular word globally,
25039 rather than having to change the spelling separately for each occurrence
25041 But you can use the
25050 \begin_layout Standard
25051 LyX cannot correctly spell check documents containing multiple languages.
25052 This does work with
25056 , assuming you have marked the different languages appropriately.
25059 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
25063 \begin_layout Standard
25068 section in the preferences dialog has some additional options:
25071 \begin_layout Description
25072 Escape\InsetSpace ~
25073 characters Allows you to add non-standard characters that the spell
25074 checker should consider, e.g.
25075 German umlauts although you spell check English document.
25076 This should not normally be needed.
25079 \begin_layout Description
25080 Personal\InsetSpace ~
25081 dictionary to use a different file than the spell checker's default
25082 choice as your personal dictionary
25085 \begin_layout Description
25086 Accept\InsetSpace ~
25087 compound\InsetSpace ~
25088 words Prevent the spell checker from complaining about compounded
25090 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25094 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25100 \begin_layout Description
25103 encoding Uses the document encoding that is set in the
25105 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25112 also for the spellchecker.
25116 \begin_layout Standard
25117 The encodings are explained in section\InsetSpace ~
25119 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
25120 reference "sub:Settings"
25129 Only enable this if you use
25133 and can't spell check words with international letters in them.
25134 There have been reports that this does not work with all dictionaries,
25135 so this is disabled by default.
25138 \begin_layout Section
25140 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
25146 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
25147 name "sec:Thesaurus"
25154 \begin_layout Standard
25155 Thesaurus currently only works when you use the document language English.
25158 \begin_layout Standard
25159 To start the thesaurus, highlight one word or set the cursor behind it,
25162 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25165 or the toolbar button
25166 \begin_inset Graphics
25167 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
25168 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
25169 rotateOrigin center
25174 A dialog pops up showing you probably related words that you can use as
25178 \begin_layout Standard
25179 The shown related words are in many cases not really related to the word
25180 you are currently checking, scrolling in the shown list might help in some
25181 cases to find related words.
25184 \begin_layout Standard
25185 The thesaurus only works for single words, and also only when it is in the
25187 For example starting the thesaurus with the word
25188 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25192 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25195 leads to no results, while results are shown for the word
25196 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25200 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25204 To avoid this, you can highlight only the part
25205 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25209 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25213 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25217 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25223 \begin_layout Section
25225 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
25226 name "Change Tracking"
25231 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
25232 name "Document ! Change Tracking"
25237 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
25238 name "sec:Change-Tracking"
25245 \begin_layout Standard
25246 When you work on a document together with many people it is extremely useful
25247 to see changes others made highlighted in the document.
25248 You can then decide if you accept a change or not.
25249 This can be achieved by turning on change tracking in the menu
25251 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25252 Change\InsetSpace ~
25253 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25260 \begin_layout Standard
25261 Changes made in the document will then be highlighted by colors:
25270 You can change the color in LyX's preferences dialog under
25283 \begin_layout Standard
25284 When change tracking is activated, you will see the review toolbar in LyX:
25285 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
25286 name "Toolbar ! Review"
25293 \begin_layout Standard
25294 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
25300 \begin_layout Standard
25301 \begin_inset Graphics
25302 filename clipart/ChangesToolbar.png
25309 \begin_layout Standard
25310 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
25316 \begin_layout Standard
25317 The review toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
25321 \begin_layout Standard
25322 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
25328 \begin_layout Standard
25329 \begin_inset Tabular
25330 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="2">
25331 <features islongtable="true">
25332 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
25333 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
25334 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
25335 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25338 \begin_layout Standard
25339 \begin_inset Graphics
25340 filename ../images/changes-track.png
25341 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
25342 rotateOrigin center
25351 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25354 \begin_layout Standard
25357 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25358 Change\InsetSpace ~
25359 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25367 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
25368 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25371 \begin_layout Standard
25372 \begin_inset Graphics
25373 filename ../images/changes-output.png
25374 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
25375 rotateOrigin center
25384 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25387 \begin_layout Standard
25390 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25391 Change\InsetSpace ~
25392 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25394 Changes\InsetSpace ~
25402 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
25403 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25406 \begin_layout Standard
25407 \begin_inset Graphics
25408 filename ../images/change-next.png
25409 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
25410 rotateOrigin center
25419 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25422 \begin_layout Standard
25423 Jumps to the next change
25429 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
25430 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25433 \begin_layout Standard
25434 \begin_inset Graphics
25435 filename ../images/change-accept.png
25436 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
25437 rotateOrigin center
25446 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25449 \begin_layout Standard
25452 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25453 Change\InsetSpace ~
25454 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25455 Accept\InsetSpace ~
25462 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
25463 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25466 \begin_layout Standard
25467 \begin_inset Graphics
25468 filename ../images/change-reject.png
25469 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
25470 rotateOrigin center
25479 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25482 \begin_layout Standard
25485 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25486 Change\InsetSpace ~
25487 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25488 Reject\InsetSpace ~
25495 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
25496 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25499 \begin_layout Standard
25500 \begin_inset Graphics
25501 filename ../images/changes-merge.png
25502 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
25503 rotateOrigin center
25512 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25515 \begin_layout Standard
25518 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25519 Change\InsetSpace ~
25520 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25528 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
25529 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25532 \begin_layout Standard
25533 \begin_inset Graphics
25534 filename ../images/all-changes-accept.png
25535 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
25536 rotateOrigin center
25545 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25548 \begin_layout Standard
25551 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25552 Change\InsetSpace ~
25553 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25554 Accept\InsetSpace ~
25562 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
25563 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25566 \begin_layout Standard
25567 \begin_inset Graphics
25568 filename ../images/all-changes-reject.png
25569 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
25570 rotateOrigin center
25579 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25582 \begin_layout Standard
25585 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25586 Change\InsetSpace ~
25587 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25588 Reject\InsetSpace ~
25596 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
25597 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25600 \begin_layout Standard
25601 \begin_inset Graphics
25602 filename ../images/note-insert.png
25603 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
25604 rotateOrigin center
25613 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25616 \begin_layout Standard
25619 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25620 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25628 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
25629 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25632 \begin_layout Standard
25633 \begin_inset Graphics
25634 filename ../images/note-next.png
25635 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
25636 rotateOrigin center
25645 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25648 \begin_layout Standard
25651 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25666 \begin_layout Standard
25667 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
25673 \begin_layout Standard
25674 The review toolbar helps you to accept, reject, or merge changes -- highlight
25675 the change and press one of the desired toolbar buttons.
25676 When you merge changes, a window pops up showing you informations about
25677 the next change behind the current cursor position.
25678 So you don't need to highlight a certain change.
25679 Within the merge window you can decide to accept or reject changes and
25680 step to the next change.
25681 This way you can jump through all changes of the document.
25684 \begin_layout Standard
25685 The toolbar has two buttons to handle notes because notes are often important
25686 to describe a change.
25689 \begin_layout Standard
25690 To show made changes in the output you need the LaTeX package
25693 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
25694 name "LaTeX-packages ! dvipost"
25701 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
25702 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
25707 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
25710 \begin_layout Section
25711 International Support
25712 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
25713 name "International support"
25720 \begin_layout Standard
25721 This section describes how to use LyX with any language you want.
25722 For some non-western languages there are special Wiki-pages that explain
25723 how to set up LyX to use them:
25724 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
25725 key "Arabic,Armenian,Farsi,Hebrew"
25732 \begin_layout Standard
25733 Besides languages, LyX also supports phonetic symbols, see section\InsetSpace ~
25735 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
25736 reference "sub:Special-Character"
25743 \begin_layout Subsection
25745 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
25746 name "Language ! Options"
25751 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
25752 name "Document ! Settings"
25757 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
25758 name "Document ! Language"
25765 \begin_layout Standard
25768 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25771 dialog lets you set
25773 the language and character encoding for your language.
25777 \begin_layout Standard
25778 Choose your language in the
25782 section of this dialog.
25790 \begin_layout Standard
25795 box lets you choose the character encoding map you want to use for LaTeX
25799 use language's default encoding
25801 is the preferred choice and works well in most cases.
25802 For details abhout the different encoding options see section\InsetSpace ~
25804 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
25805 reference "sub:Settings"
25812 \begin_layout Subsection
25813 Keyboard mapping configuration
25816 \begin_layout Standard
25817 If you have for example a U.S.-style keyboard and want to write in a different
25818 language than English, you can use an alternate keymap.
25819 For example, if you have a U.S.-style keyboard but want to write in Italian,
25820 you can configure LyX to use an Italian keymap.
25821 The preferences dialog allows you to choose up to two keyboard mappings,
25822 see section\InsetSpace ~
25824 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
25825 reference "sub:Keyboard-Map"
25830 You can choose primary and secondary keyboard languages and then select
25831 which one you want to use.
25834 \begin_layout Standard
25835 Finally, you may just want to change a few key mappings or create an entirely
25836 different keymap (for Vulcan, for instance).
25837 You may, for example, normally write in Italian on a U.S.
25838 keyboard but want to include an occasional quotation in German.
25839 In such a case, you can write your own keyboard mapping or modify an existing
25840 one to support the characters you want.
25841 This and much more customizations are explained in the
25848 \begin_layout Subsection
25850 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
25858 \begin_layout Standard
25861 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
25862 reference "cap:The-latin1-character"
25871 You should be able to enter the characters in the first eight columns directly
25875 \begin_layout Standard
25876 There are a few things you need to know about this table.
25877 Here are some of the details you'll need to bear in mind when using characters
25885 \begin_layout Itemize
25886 Even if you have selected
25892 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25895 dialog, users who have only the
25899 -fonts for LaTeX [or who have the
25903 -fonts but aren't using them] will still miss a few characters: D0, F0,
25904 DE, FE, AB, and BB -- the uppercase and lowercase eth and thorn, and the
25905 french quotes won't show up.
25908 \begin_layout Standard
25909 \begin_inset Float table
25914 \begin_layout Standard
25915 \begin_inset Caption
25917 \begin_layout Standard
25918 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
25919 name "cap:The-latin1-character"
25935 \begin_layout Standard
25937 \begin_inset Tabular
25938 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="17" columns="17">
25940 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
25941 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
25942 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
25943 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
25944 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
25945 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
25946 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
25947 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
25948 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
25949 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
25950 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
25951 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
25952 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
25953 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
25954 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
25955 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
25956 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
25957 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
25958 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25961 \begin_layout Standard
25967 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25970 \begin_layout Standard
25985 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25988 \begin_layout Standard
26003 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26006 \begin_layout Standard
26021 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26024 \begin_layout Standard
26039 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26042 \begin_layout Standard
26057 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26060 \begin_layout Standard
26075 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26078 \begin_layout Standard
26093 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26096 \begin_layout Standard
26111 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26114 \begin_layout Standard
26129 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26132 \begin_layout Standard
26147 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26150 \begin_layout Standard
26165 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26168 \begin_layout Standard
26183 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26186 \begin_layout Standard
26201 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26204 \begin_layout Standard
26219 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26222 \begin_layout Standard
26237 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26240 \begin_layout Standard
26256 <row topline="true">
26257 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26260 \begin_layout Standard
26275 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26278 \begin_layout Standard
26284 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26287 \begin_layout Standard
26293 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26296 \begin_layout Standard
26302 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26305 \begin_layout Standard
26319 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26322 \begin_layout Standard
26336 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26339 \begin_layout Standard
26353 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26356 \begin_layout Standard
26370 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26373 \begin_layout Standard
26387 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26390 \begin_layout Standard
26396 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26399 \begin_layout Standard
26405 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26408 \begin_layout Standard
26414 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26417 \begin_layout Standard
26431 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26434 \begin_layout Standard
26448 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26451 \begin_layout Standard
26465 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26468 \begin_layout Standard
26482 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26485 \begin_layout Standard
26500 <row topline="true">
26501 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26504 \begin_layout Standard
26519 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26522 \begin_layout Standard
26528 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26531 \begin_layout Standard
26537 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26540 \begin_layout Standard
26554 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26557 \begin_layout Standard
26571 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26574 \begin_layout Standard
26588 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26591 \begin_layout Standard
26605 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26608 \begin_layout Standard
26622 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26625 \begin_layout Standard
26639 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26642 \begin_layout Standard
26648 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26651 \begin_layout Standard
26657 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26660 \begin_layout Standard
26674 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26677 \begin_layout Standard
26691 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26694 \begin_layout Standard
26708 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26711 \begin_layout Standard
26725 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26728 \begin_layout Standard
26742 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26745 \begin_layout Standard
26760 <row topline="true">
26761 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26764 \begin_layout Standard
26779 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26782 \begin_layout Standard
26788 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26791 \begin_layout Standard
26797 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26800 \begin_layout Standard
26809 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26817 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26820 \begin_layout Standard
26834 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26837 \begin_layout Standard
26851 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26854 \begin_layout Standard
26868 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26871 \begin_layout Standard
26885 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26888 \begin_layout Standard
26902 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26905 \begin_layout Standard
26911 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26914 \begin_layout Standard
26920 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26923 \begin_layout Standard
26929 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26932 \begin_layout Standard
26946 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26949 \begin_layout Standard
26963 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26966 \begin_layout Standard
26980 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26983 \begin_layout Standard
26997 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27000 \begin_layout Standard
27015 <row topline="true">
27016 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27019 \begin_layout Standard
27034 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27037 \begin_layout Standard
27043 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27046 \begin_layout Standard
27052 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27055 \begin_layout Standard
27069 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27072 \begin_layout Standard
27086 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27089 \begin_layout Standard
27103 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27106 \begin_layout Standard
27120 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27123 \begin_layout Standard
27137 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27140 \begin_layout Standard
27154 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27157 \begin_layout Standard
27163 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27166 \begin_layout Standard
27172 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27175 \begin_layout Standard
27189 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27192 \begin_layout Standard
27206 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27209 \begin_layout Standard
27223 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27226 \begin_layout Standard
27240 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27243 \begin_layout Standard
27257 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27260 \begin_layout Standard
27275 <row topline="true">
27276 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27279 \begin_layout Standard
27294 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27297 \begin_layout Standard
27303 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27306 \begin_layout Standard
27312 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27315 \begin_layout Standard
27329 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27332 \begin_layout Standard
27346 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27349 \begin_layout Standard
27363 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27366 \begin_layout Standard
27380 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27383 \begin_layout Standard
27397 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27400 \begin_layout Standard
27414 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27417 \begin_layout Standard
27423 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27426 \begin_layout Standard
27432 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27435 \begin_layout Standard
27441 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27444 \begin_layout Standard
27458 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27461 \begin_layout Standard
27475 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27478 \begin_layout Standard
27492 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27495 \begin_layout Standard
27509 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27512 \begin_layout Standard
27527 <row topline="true">
27528 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27531 \begin_layout Standard
27546 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27549 \begin_layout Standard
27555 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27558 \begin_layout Standard
27564 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27567 \begin_layout Standard
27581 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27584 \begin_layout Standard
27598 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27601 \begin_layout Standard
27615 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27618 \begin_layout Standard
27632 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27635 \begin_layout Standard
27649 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27652 \begin_layout Standard
27666 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27669 \begin_layout Standard
27675 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27678 \begin_layout Standard
27684 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27687 \begin_layout Standard
27693 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27696 \begin_layout Standard
27710 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27713 \begin_layout Standard
27727 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27730 \begin_layout Standard
27744 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27747 \begin_layout Standard
27761 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27764 \begin_layout Standard
27779 <row topline="true">
27780 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27783 \begin_layout Standard
27798 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27801 \begin_layout Standard
27807 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27810 \begin_layout Standard
27816 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27819 \begin_layout Standard
27833 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27836 \begin_layout Standard
27850 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27853 \begin_layout Standard
27867 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27870 \begin_layout Standard
27884 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27887 \begin_layout Standard
27901 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27904 \begin_layout Standard
27918 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27921 \begin_layout Standard
27927 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27930 \begin_layout Standard
27936 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27939 \begin_layout Standard
27945 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27948 \begin_layout Standard
27962 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27965 \begin_layout Standard
27979 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27982 \begin_layout Standard
27996 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27999 \begin_layout Standard
28013 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
28016 \begin_layout Standard
28031 <row topline="true">
28032 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
28035 \begin_layout Standard
28050 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28053 \begin_layout Standard
28059 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28062 \begin_layout Standard
28068 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28071 \begin_layout Standard
28085 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28088 \begin_layout Standard
28102 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28105 \begin_layout Standard
28119 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28122 \begin_layout Standard
28136 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28139 \begin_layout Standard
28153 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28156 \begin_layout Standard
28170 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28173 \begin_layout Standard
28179 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28182 \begin_layout Standard
28188 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28191 \begin_layout Standard
28205 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28208 \begin_layout Standard
28222 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28225 \begin_layout Standard
28239 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28242 \begin_layout Standard
28256 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28259 \begin_layout Standard
28273 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
28276 \begin_layout Standard
28291 <row topline="true">
28292 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
28295 \begin_layout Standard
28310 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28313 \begin_layout Standard
28319 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28322 \begin_layout Standard
28328 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28331 \begin_layout Standard
28345 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28348 \begin_layout Standard
28362 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28365 \begin_layout Standard
28379 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28382 \begin_layout Standard
28396 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28399 \begin_layout Standard
28413 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28416 \begin_layout Standard
28430 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28433 \begin_layout Standard
28439 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28442 \begin_layout Standard
28448 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28451 \begin_layout Standard
28465 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28468 \begin_layout Standard
28482 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28485 \begin_layout Standard
28499 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28502 \begin_layout Standard
28516 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28519 \begin_layout Standard
28533 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
28536 \begin_layout Standard
28551 <row topline="true">
28552 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
28555 \begin_layout Standard
28570 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28573 \begin_layout Standard
28579 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28582 \begin_layout Standard
28588 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28591 \begin_layout Standard
28605 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28608 \begin_layout Standard
28622 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28625 \begin_layout Standard
28639 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28642 \begin_layout Standard
28656 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28659 \begin_layout Standard
28673 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28676 \begin_layout Standard
28690 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28693 \begin_layout Standard
28699 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28702 \begin_layout Standard
28708 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28711 \begin_layout Standard
28725 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28728 \begin_layout Standard
28742 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28745 \begin_layout Standard
28759 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28762 \begin_layout Standard
28776 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28779 \begin_layout Standard
28793 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
28796 \begin_layout Standard
28811 <row topline="true">
28812 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
28815 \begin_layout Standard
28830 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28833 \begin_layout Standard
28839 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28842 \begin_layout Standard
28848 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28851 \begin_layout Standard
28865 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28868 \begin_layout Standard
28882 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28885 \begin_layout Standard
28899 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28902 \begin_layout Standard
28916 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28919 \begin_layout Standard
28933 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28936 \begin_layout Standard
28950 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28953 \begin_layout Standard
28959 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28962 \begin_layout Standard
28968 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28971 \begin_layout Standard
28985 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28988 \begin_layout Standard
29002 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29005 \begin_layout Standard
29019 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29022 \begin_layout Standard
29036 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29039 \begin_layout Standard
29053 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29056 \begin_layout Standard
29071 <row topline="true">
29072 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29075 \begin_layout Standard
29090 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29093 \begin_layout Standard
29099 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29102 \begin_layout Standard
29108 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29111 \begin_layout Standard
29125 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29128 \begin_layout Standard
29142 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29145 \begin_layout Standard
29159 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29162 \begin_layout Standard
29176 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29179 \begin_layout Standard
29193 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29196 \begin_layout Standard
29210 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29213 \begin_layout Standard
29219 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29222 \begin_layout Standard
29228 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29231 \begin_layout Standard
29245 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29248 \begin_layout Standard
29262 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29265 \begin_layout Standard
29279 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29282 \begin_layout Standard
29296 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29299 \begin_layout Standard
29313 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29316 \begin_layout Standard
29331 <row topline="true">
29332 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29335 \begin_layout Standard
29350 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29353 \begin_layout Standard
29359 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29362 \begin_layout Standard
29368 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29371 \begin_layout Standard
29385 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29388 \begin_layout Standard
29402 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29405 \begin_layout Standard
29419 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29422 \begin_layout Standard
29438 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29441 \begin_layout Standard
29455 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29458 \begin_layout Standard
29472 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29475 \begin_layout Standard
29481 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29484 \begin_layout Standard
29490 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29493 \begin_layout Standard
29507 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29510 \begin_layout Standard
29524 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29527 \begin_layout Standard
29541 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29544 \begin_layout Standard
29558 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29561 \begin_layout Standard
29575 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29578 \begin_layout Standard
29593 <row topline="true">
29594 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29597 \begin_layout Standard
29612 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29615 \begin_layout Standard
29621 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29624 \begin_layout Standard
29630 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29633 \begin_layout Standard
29647 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29650 \begin_layout Standard
29664 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29667 \begin_layout Standard
29681 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29684 \begin_layout Standard
29698 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29701 \begin_layout Standard
29715 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29718 \begin_layout Standard
29732 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29735 \begin_layout Standard
29741 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29744 \begin_layout Standard
29750 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29753 \begin_layout Standard
29759 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29762 \begin_layout Standard
29776 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29779 \begin_layout Standard
29793 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29796 \begin_layout Standard
29810 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29813 \begin_layout Standard
29827 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29830 \begin_layout Standard
29845 <row topline="true">
29846 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29849 \begin_layout Standard
29864 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29867 \begin_layout Standard
29873 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29876 \begin_layout Standard
29882 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29885 \begin_layout Standard
29899 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29902 \begin_layout Standard
29916 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29919 \begin_layout Standard
29933 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29936 \begin_layout Standard
29950 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29953 \begin_layout Standard
29967 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29970 \begin_layout Standard
29984 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29987 \begin_layout Standard
29993 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29996 \begin_layout Standard
30002 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30005 \begin_layout Standard
30019 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30022 \begin_layout Standard
30036 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30039 \begin_layout Standard
30053 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30056 \begin_layout Standard
30070 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30073 \begin_layout Standard
30087 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30090 \begin_layout Standard
30105 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
30106 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30109 \begin_layout Standard
30124 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30127 \begin_layout Standard
30133 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30136 \begin_layout Standard
30142 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30145 \begin_layout Standard
30159 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30162 \begin_layout Standard
30176 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30179 \begin_layout Standard
30193 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30196 \begin_layout Standard
30210 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30213 \begin_layout Standard
30227 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30230 \begin_layout Standard
30236 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30239 \begin_layout Standard
30245 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30248 \begin_layout Standard
30254 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30257 \begin_layout Standard
30271 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30274 \begin_layout Standard
30288 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30291 \begin_layout Standard
30305 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30308 \begin_layout Standard
30322 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30325 \begin_layout Standard
30339 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30342 \begin_layout Standard
30369 \begin_layout Standard
30370 The following is a full list of all of the accented characters LyX can display
30372 It includes not only the accented characters from the previous table, but
30373 also the characters from
30385 \begin_layout Itemize
30394 \begin_layout Standard
30395 ¨ Ä Ë Ï Ö Ü ä ë ï ö ü ÿ
30400 \begin_layout Standard
30401 ^ Â Ê Î Ô Û â ê î ô û
30406 \begin_layout Standard
30407 ` À È Ì Ò Ù à è ì ò ù
30412 \begin_layout Standard
30413 ´ Á É Í Ó Ú Ý á é í ó ú ý
30418 \begin_layout Standard
30424 \begin_layout Standard
30430 \begin_layout Standard
30437 \begin_layout Itemize
30450 \begin_layout Standard
30456 \begin_layout Standard
30462 \begin_layout Standard
30468 \begin_layout Standard
30474 \begin_layout Standard
30480 \begin_layout Standard
30487 \begin_layout Standard
30488 All the characters above are actively supported by TeX fonts.
30489 In addition TeX allows diacritical marks on almost all characters.
30490 Also make sure you're using the
30497 \begin_layout Chapter
30500 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
30501 name "cha:The-User-Interface"
30508 \begin_layout Standard
30509 This appendix lists all available menus and describes its functionality.
30510 It is designed as quick reference if you are searching for a special topic
30511 inside the user's guide.
30514 \begin_layout Section
30516 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
30524 \begin_layout Standard
30529 menu are the basic operations in addition to some more advanced operations.
30530 At the end of the menu the four last opened documents are listed.
30533 \begin_layout Subsection
30537 \begin_layout Standard
30538 Creates a new document.
30541 \begin_layout Subsection
30545 \begin_layout Standard
30546 This menu prompts you for a template to use.
30547 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
30548 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
30551 \begin_layout Subsection
30555 \begin_layout Standard
30559 \begin_layout Subsection
30563 \begin_layout Standard
30564 The submenu shows a list of the recently opened files.
30565 Click there on a file to open it.
30568 \begin_layout Subsection
30572 \begin_layout Standard
30573 Closes the current document.
30576 \begin_layout Subsection
30580 \begin_layout Standard
30581 Saves the actual document.
30584 \begin_layout Subsection
30588 \begin_layout Standard
30589 Saves the actual document under a new name to create a copy.
30592 \begin_layout Subsection
30596 \begin_layout Standard
30597 Reloads the actual document from disk.
30600 \begin_layout Subsection
30604 \begin_layout Standard
30605 This is used when more people are working on the same document.
30606 It is described in the section
30608 Version Control in LyX
30612 Extended\InsetSpace ~
30618 \begin_layout Subsection
30622 \begin_layout Standard
30623 You can import there files from older LyX-versions, LaTeX-files and plain
30624 text files (ASCII-files).
30625 The files will be imported as new LyX-document.
30628 \begin_layout Standard
30629 When using the menu
30632 Text, Join\InsetSpace ~
30635 , all lines will be imported consecutively to one big paragraph.
30636 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
30637 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
30638 will start a new paragraph.
30641 \begin_layout Subsection
30643 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
30651 \begin_layout Standard
30652 You can export your document to various file formats.
30653 The resulting files are placed in the directory of your LyX-file.
30654 The menu entries are not the same on all installations.
30655 They depend on the programs found by LyX while its configuration.
30658 \begin_layout Standard
30659 Here is a list of all available entries; they are explained in detail in
30660 section\InsetSpace ~
30662 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
30663 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
30670 \begin_layout Description
30676 format of the special LyX 1.4.x versions for Chinese, Japanese, and Korean
30677 (CJK); (Since LyX 1.5.0 CJK support is fully integrated to LyX.)
30680 \begin_layout Description
30688 \begin_layout Description
30689 HTML HTML-format (the HTML-converter is a third-party product and doesn't
30693 \begin_layout Description
30696 Word) HTML-format specialized so that the result can be imported
30701 , as consequence of this formulas will be embedded as bitmap fonts and not
30709 \begin_layout Description
30716 \begin_layout Standard
30726 text file with the LaTeX source, additionally all images used in the document
30727 will be converted to a format that is readable for the
30731 program (GIF, JPG, PDF, PNG)
30734 \begin_layout Description
30741 \begin_layout Standard
30751 text file with the LaTeX source code, additionally all images used in the
30752 document will be converted to the EPS-format, only this format is readable
30760 \begin_layout Description
30762 1.y.x LyX-document in a format readable for the LyX versions 1.y.x (
30763 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30767 \begin_inset Quotes erd
30770 is replaced by the version number)
30773 \begin_layout Description
30774 OpenDocument OpenDocument-formatted text file, to be opened with
30787 (the OpenDocument-converter is a third-party product and doesn't work in
30791 \begin_layout Description
30796 PDF-format using the program
30801 \begin_layout Description
30807 PDF-format using the program
30812 \begin_layout Description
30818 PDF-format using the program
30823 \begin_layout Description
30832 \begin_layout Description
30839 text format, the document will first be converted to Postscript format
30840 and then exported as text using the program
30845 \begin_layout Description
30850 PostScript format using the program
30855 \begin_layout Description
30863 \begin_layout Standard
30868 produces internally a dvi-file which is then converted to a pdf-file.
30869 It is a bit out of date and therefore the output could look different from
30875 produces directly pdf-files and supports the latest pdf-file formats.
30878 \begin_layout Standard
30879 If one of the menu entries
30892 is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
30893 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section\InsetSpace ~
30895 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
30896 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
30901 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
30902 name "Reconfiguration of LyX"
30909 \begin_layout Standard
30914 allows you to export your file by using special command line options for
30915 the export program.
30918 \begin_layout Subsection
30922 \begin_layout Standard
30923 With this menu you can print your document to a file in PostScript format
30924 or send it to a printer.
30925 The printer will also use the document in PostScript format.
30926 The conversion to PostScript is done in the background by LyX using the
30932 For more informations have a look at section\InsetSpace ~
30934 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
30935 reference "sub:Printing-the-File"
30942 \begin_layout Subsection
30943 New and Close Window
30946 \begin_layout Standard
30947 Opens a new instance of LyX with all currently opened documents.
30948 You can close it later with the corresponding menu.
30951 \begin_layout Section
30953 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
30961 \begin_layout Subsection
30965 \begin_layout Standard
30966 Described in section\InsetSpace ~
30968 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
30969 reference "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
30976 \begin_layout Subsection
30977 Cut, Copy, Paste, Paste Recent, Paste Special
30980 \begin_layout Standard
30981 Described in section\InsetSpace ~
30983 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
30984 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
30991 \begin_layout Subsection
30995 \begin_layout Standard
30996 Selects the whole document.
30999 \begin_layout Subsection
31001 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
31002 name "Dialogs ! Find \\& Replace"
31009 \begin_layout Standard
31010 Described in section\InsetSpace ~
31012 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31013 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
31020 \begin_layout Subsection
31021 Move paragraph Up/Down
31024 \begin_layout Standard
31025 This shifts the paragraph where the cursor is currently in one paragraph
31029 \begin_layout Subsection
31031 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
31032 name "Dialogs ! Text Style"
31039 \begin_layout Standard
31040 Described in section\InsetSpace ~
31042 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31043 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
31050 \begin_layout Subsection
31052 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
31053 name "Paragraph ! Settings"
31060 \begin_layout Standard
31061 The settings in the paragraph dialog only affects the paragraph where the
31063 Here you can set here the paragraph alignment and line spacing.
31066 \begin_layout Standard
31067 You can also prevent that the first line of the paragraph is indented.
31068 This option works only when you have chosen to separate paragraphs with
31071 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31082 \begin_layout Subsection
31086 \begin_layout Standard
31087 These two menus are only active when the cursor is inside a table or a formula.
31088 The properties of this table/formula can now be changed.
31089 The properties of tables are described in section\InsetSpace ~
31091 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31092 reference "sec:Tables"
31096 , the properties of formulas in chapter\InsetSpace ~
31098 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31099 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
31106 \begin_layout Subsection
31107 Increase / Decrease List Depth
31110 \begin_layout Standard
31111 These menus are only active when the cursor is in an environment that can
31113 They in/decrease the environment nesting level as explained in section\InsetSpace ~
31115 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31116 reference "sec:Nesting"
31121 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31122 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
31129 \begin_layout Section
31131 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
31139 \begin_layout Standard
31144 menu contains a list of available formats in which you can view the actual
31145 document with an external program.
31146 The menu entries for the viewing formats are not the same on all installations
31147 - it depends on the LaTeX programs that are found while LyX was configured.
31148 All possible formats are formats listed in section\InsetSpace ~
31150 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31151 reference "sub:Export"
31156 You should at least see the menu entries
31166 If one of the two is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
31167 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section\InsetSpace ~
31169 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31170 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
31175 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
31176 name "Reconfiguration of LyX"
31183 \begin_layout Standard
31184 Invoking a menu will start a viewer program.
31185 The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences, see section\InsetSpace ~
31187 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31188 reference "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
31193 The default viewers are set by LyX while it is first configured.
31196 \begin_layout Standard
31197 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
31200 At the bottom of the
31204 menu the opened documents are listed.
31207 \begin_layout Subsection
31211 \begin_layout Standard
31212 Opens a window showing the source code of the actual document, as described
31213 in section\InsetSpace ~
31215 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31216 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
31223 \begin_layout Subsection
31227 \begin_layout Standard
31228 This menu allows you to update the view with your latest changes without
31229 opening a new view window.
31232 \begin_layout Subsection
31234 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
31235 name "sub:Toolbars"
31240 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
31248 \begin_layout Standard
31249 In this menu you can set the appearance of the different toolbars.
31250 All toolbars and the
31252 Command\InsetSpace ~
31255 can be turned on and off.
31260 state is denoted in the menu with a checkmark.
31278 toolbars can be additionally set to the state
31282 that is denoted in the menu with the suffix
31289 \begin_layout Standard
31294 state the toolbar is permanently shown, in the
31298 state the toolbar is only shown when the cursor is in a certain environment
31299 or when a certain feature is enabled.
31300 That means that the review toolbar will only be shown when change tracking
31301 is activated, the math and table toolbars are only shown when the cursor
31302 is inside a formula or table, respectively.
31305 \begin_layout Standard
31306 LyX's toolbars and its buttons are explained in section\InsetSpace ~
31308 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31309 reference "sec:Toolbars"
31316 \begin_layout Section
31318 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
31319 name "Menu ! Insert"
31326 \begin_layout Subsection
31330 \begin_layout Standard
31331 Inserts math constructs that are explained in chapter\InsetSpace ~
31333 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31334 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
31341 \begin_layout Subsection
31343 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
31344 name "sub:Special-Character"
31351 \begin_layout Standard
31352 Here you can insert the following characters:
31355 \begin_layout Description
31356 Ellipsis Inserts an ellipsis: \SpecialChar \ldots{}
31360 \begin_layout Description
31363 Sentence Inserts an end of sentence dot as described in section\InsetSpace ~
31365 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31366 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
31373 \begin_layout Description
31374 Ordinary\InsetSpace ~
31375 Quote Inserts this quote:
31376 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31379 , no matter what quote type you selected in the
31381 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31391 \begin_layout Description
31392 Single\InsetSpace ~
31393 Quote Inserts this quote:
31394 \begin_inset Quotes els
31400 \begin_layout Description
31402 Separator Inserts the menu separator sign: \SpecialChar \menuseparator
31406 \begin_layout Description
31407 Phonetic\InsetSpace ~
31409 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
31410 name "Phonetic symbols"
31415 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
31416 name "Language ! Phonetic symbols"
31420 Creates a formula with a so called tipa inset.
31421 Here you can insert commands to create IPA phonetic symbols.
31422 For this feature you must have the LaTeX-package
31427 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
31428 name "LaTeX-packages ! tipa"
31434 For more informations about this feature we refer to the documentation
31438 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
31445 and this Wiki-page:
31448 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
31449 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LinguistLyX"
31456 \begin_layout Subsection
31460 \begin_layout Standard
31461 Here you can insert the following format constructs:
31464 \begin_layout Description
31465 Superscript Inserts an superscript: test
31466 \begin_inset Formula $^{\text{a,b}}$
31472 \begin_layout Description
31473 Subscript Inserts an subscript: test
31474 \begin_inset Formula $_{\text{3x}}$
31480 \begin_layout Description
31481 Protected\InsetSpace ~
31482 Space Inserts a protected space that is described in section\InsetSpace ~
31484 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31485 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
31492 \begin_layout Description
31493 Inter-word\InsetSpace ~
31494 Space Inserts an inter-word space that is described in section\InsetSpace ~
31496 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31497 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
31504 \begin_layout Description
31506 Space Inserts a thin space that is described in section\InsetSpace ~
31508 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31509 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
31516 \begin_layout Description
31517 Horizontal\InsetSpace ~
31518 Fill Inserts an horizontal fill, see section\InsetSpace ~
31520 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31521 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
31528 \begin_layout Description
31529 Horizontal\InsetSpace ~
31530 Line Inserts an horizontal line, see section\InsetSpace ~
31532 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31533 reference "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
31540 \begin_layout Description
31541 Vertical\InsetSpace ~
31542 Space Inserts vertical space, see section\InsetSpace ~
31544 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31545 reference "sub:Vertical-Space"
31552 \begin_layout Description
31553 Hyphenation\InsetSpace ~
31554 Point Inserts an hyphenation point, see section\InsetSpace ~
31556 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31557 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
31564 \begin_layout Description
31565 Ligature\InsetSpace ~
31566 Break Inserts a ligature break, see section\InsetSpace ~
31568 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31569 reference "sub:Ligatures"
31576 \begin_layout Description
31578 Break Inserts a forced linebreak, see section\InsetSpace ~
31580 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31581 reference "sub:Forced-Linebreaks"
31588 \begin_layout Description
31590 Break Inserts a forced pagebreak, described in section\InsetSpace ~
31592 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31593 reference "sub:Forced-Pagebreaks"
31600 \begin_layout Description
31602 Page Inserts a clear pagebreak, described in section\InsetSpace ~
31604 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31605 reference "sub:Clear-Pages"
31612 \begin_layout Description
31614 Double\InsetSpace ~
31615 Page Inserts a clear doublepage break, described in section\InsetSpace ~
31617 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31618 reference "sub:Clear-Pages"
31625 \begin_layout Subsection
31629 \begin_layout Standard
31630 Various lists can be inserted with this menu.
31631 The table of contents, the algorithm, figures, and tables list are described
31632 in section\InsetSpace ~
31634 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31635 reference "sec:toc"
31640 The index list is described in section\InsetSpace ~
31642 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31643 reference "sec:Index"
31647 , the nomenclature in section\InsetSpace ~
31649 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31650 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
31654 , and the BibTeX bibliography in section\InsetSpace ~
31656 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31657 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
31664 \begin_layout Subsection
31668 \begin_layout Standard
31669 To insert floats, described in section\InsetSpace ~
31671 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31672 reference "sec:Floats"
31679 \begin_layout Subsection
31683 \begin_layout Standard
31684 To insert notes, described in section\InsetSpace ~
31686 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31687 reference "sec:Notes"
31694 \begin_layout Subsection
31698 \begin_layout Standard
31699 Inserts branch insets as described in section\InsetSpace ~
31701 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31702 reference "sec:Branches"
31709 \begin_layout Subsection
31711 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
31712 name "External Material"
31719 \begin_layout Standard
31720 Here you can inserts files to include them or its content to your document.
31721 How this can be done is in detail explained in chapter
31732 \begin_layout Subsection
31734 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
31742 \begin_layout Standard
31743 Inserts a minipage box that is described section\InsetSpace ~
31745 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31746 reference "sec:Minipages"
31751 All box types supported by LyX are explained in detail in chapter
31762 \begin_layout Subsection
31766 \begin_layout Standard
31767 Inserts a citation as described in section\InsetSpace ~
31769 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31770 reference "sec:Bibliography"
31777 \begin_layout Subsection
31781 \begin_layout Standard
31782 Inserts a cross-reference as described in section\InsetSpace ~
31784 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31785 reference "sec:Cross-References"
31792 \begin_layout Subsection
31796 \begin_layout Standard
31797 Inserts a label as described in section\InsetSpace ~
31799 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31800 reference "sec:Cross-References"
31807 \begin_layout Subsection
31809 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
31815 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
31816 name "Longtables ! Caption"
31823 \begin_layout Standard
31824 Inserts a caption to floats or longtables.
31825 Floats are described in section\InsetSpace ~
31827 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31828 reference "sec:Floats"
31832 , cations in longtables are described in section
31843 \begin_layout Subsection
31847 \begin_layout Standard
31848 Inserts an index entry as described in section\InsetSpace ~
31850 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31851 reference "sec:Index"
31858 \begin_layout Subsection
31862 \begin_layout Standard
31863 Inserts a nomenclature entry as described in section\InsetSpace ~
31865 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31866 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
31873 \begin_layout Subsection
31877 \begin_layout Standard
31879 Tables are described in section\InsetSpace ~
31881 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31882 reference "sec:Tables"
31889 \begin_layout Subsection
31893 \begin_layout Standard
31895 Graphics are described in section\InsetSpace ~
31897 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31898 reference "sec:Graphics"
31905 \begin_layout Subsection
31909 \begin_layout Standard
31910 Inserts an URL box as described in section\InsetSpace ~
31912 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31913 reference "sec:URL"
31920 \begin_layout Subsection
31924 \begin_layout Standard
31925 Inserts a footnote, see section\InsetSpace ~
31927 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31928 reference "sec:Footnotes"
31935 \begin_layout Subsection
31939 \begin_layout Standard
31940 Inserts a marginal note, see section\InsetSpace ~
31942 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31943 reference "sec:Marginal-Notes"
31950 \begin_layout Subsection
31954 \begin_layout Standard
31955 Inserts a short title, see section\InsetSpace ~
31957 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31958 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
31965 \begin_layout Subsection
31969 \begin_layout Standard
31970 Inserts an ERT box, see section\InsetSpace ~
31972 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31973 reference "sub:ERT-Boxes"
31980 \begin_layout Subsection
31982 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
31983 name "Program listings"
31990 \begin_layout Standard
31991 Inserts a program listings box.
31992 Program listings are explained in chapter
31994 Program Code Listings
32003 \begin_layout Subsection
32007 \begin_layout Standard
32008 Inserts the actual date in the following form: month/day/year
32011 \begin_layout Standard
32012 The format is independent of the document language.
32013 LyX offers another ways to insert a date which is explained in section
32023 There the different methods are also compared.
32026 \begin_layout Section
32028 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
32029 name "Menu ! Navigate"
32036 \begin_layout Standard
32037 This menu lists the existing, chapter, sections, figures, and tables of
32038 the current document.
32039 This allows you to navigate easily through you document.
32042 \begin_layout Standard
32043 The Navigate menu also offers to
32046 \begin_layout Subsection
32050 \begin_layout Standard
32051 With this menu you are able to define your own bookmarks.
32052 This is useful when you are working on a large documents and often have
32054 between section\InsetSpace ~
32056 To create bookmarks for this example, go to section\InsetSpace ~
32057 2.5 and use the menu
32061 Bookmark\InsetSpace ~
32065 Then go to section\InsetSpace ~
32069 Bookmark\InsetSpace ~
32073 Now you can easily jump between these sections by using the menu or by
32085 \begin_layout Standard
32086 You can also use bookmarks to jump between several opened documents.
32087 The saved bookmarks are valid till the document is closed.
32090 \begin_layout Subsection
32091 Next Note, Change, Cross-reference
32094 \begin_layout Standard
32095 Jump to the next note, change, or cross-reference following the current
32099 \begin_layout Subsection
32103 \begin_layout Standard
32104 Only active when the cursor is in front of a cross-reference.
32105 Sets the cursor before the referenced label, the same as if you right-click
32106 on a cross-reference box.
32109 \begin_layout Section
32111 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
32112 name "Menu ! Document"
32119 \begin_layout Subsection
32123 \begin_layout Standard
32124 Change Tracking is described in section\InsetSpace ~
32126 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32127 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
32134 \begin_layout Subsection
32139 \begin_layout Standard
32149 \begin_layout Standard
32150 After running LaTeX by viewing or exporting a document, this menu will be
32152 It shows the logfile of the used LaTeX-program.
32155 \begin_layout Standard
32156 Here you can see how LaTeX works in the background.
32161 will find in it reasons for LaTeX-errors.
32164 \begin_layout Subsection
32168 \begin_layout Standard
32169 Opens the TOC/Outline window as described in section\InsetSpace ~
32171 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32172 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
32179 \begin_layout Subsection
32180 Start Appendix Here
32183 \begin_layout Standard
32184 This menu will start the appendix of the document at the current cursor
32185 position as described in section\InsetSpace ~
32187 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32188 reference "sec:Appendices"
32195 \begin_layout Subsection
32199 \begin_layout Standard
32200 Un/compresses the actual document.
32203 \begin_layout Subsection
32205 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
32206 name "sub:Settings"
32211 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
32212 name "Document ! Settings"
32219 \begin_layout Standard
32220 This menu dialog contains some submenus to set properties for the whole
32222 You can save your document settings as default with the
32224 Save as Document Defaults
32226 button in the dialog.
32227 This will create a template named
32231 which is automatically loaded by LyX when you create a new document without
32235 \begin_layout Standard
32236 The different submenus of the dialog are explained in the following:
32239 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
32243 \begin_layout Standard
32244 Here you set the document class, class options, and a Postscript driver.
32245 Document classes are described in section\InsetSpace ~
32247 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32248 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
32253 The Postscript driver is used for LaTeX's color and graphics packages.
32258 , the default driver for the LaTeX-packages are used.
32259 It is recommended to use the default unless your know what you are doing.
32262 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
32266 \begin_layout Standard
32267 The document font settings are described in section\InsetSpace ~
32269 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32270 reference "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
32277 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
32281 \begin_layout Standard
32282 You can specify if paragraphs should be separated by indentations or vertical
32284 The line spacing and the number of text columns can here also be specified.
32288 \begin_layout Standard
32289 Note that LyX won't show two columns or the set up line spacing on screen.
32290 That's impractical, often unreadable, and not part of the WYSIWYM concept.
32291 However, it will be as you specified it in the output.
32294 \begin_layout Standard
32295 The listings settings are explained in the corresponding section in the
32303 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
32307 \begin_layout Standard
32308 A description of this menu is given in section\InsetSpace ~
32310 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32311 reference "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
32316 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32317 reference "sub:Document-Layout"
32324 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
32328 \begin_layout Standard
32329 Here you can adjust the paper margins, see section\InsetSpace ~
32331 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32332 reference "sub:Margins"
32339 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
32341 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
32342 name "Language ! Encoding"
32349 \begin_layout Standard
32350 The document language and quote styles are set here.
32351 The encoding specifies how the document content is exported to LaTeX (the
32352 LyX file is always encoded in utf8).
32353 All characters that cannot be encoded using the specified encoding will
32354 be exported as LaTeX-commands (this can fail if a LaTeX-command is not
32355 known for a particular character).
32359 \begin_layout Standard
32360 The known commands are defined in a text file.
32361 You can add commands for unknown symbols to that file yourself, see the
32366 manual for details.
32374 \begin_layout Standard
32375 If you use the option
32377 use language's default encoding
32379 , LyX determines the encoding of a portion of text from the language of
32381 If the document contains text in more than one language you may get more
32382 than one encoding in the LaTeX file.
32383 If you do not use this option then the complete document will always use
32384 exactly one encoding.
32385 Checking this option is the preferred setting unless you use
32393 \begin_layout Standard
32394 XeTeX is a TeX typesetting engine, an alternative for LaTeX.
32395 It natively supports Unicode while its input file is assumed to be in UTF-8
32397 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
32398 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
32411 \begin_layout Standard
32412 LyX also supports Unicode output, which is particularly useful if you need
32413 lots of special symbols or non-alphabetic scripts, respectively.
32414 If you want to use this (and your LaTeX installation supports Unicode,
32415 for that matter), choose one of the four utf8 variants from the list below.
32416 Unfortunately the unicode support of standard LaTeX is quite incomplete,
32417 so it is not uncommon that a file with lots of unicode symbols works fine
32420 use language's default encoding
32422 (when LyX uses it's list of known LaTeX-commands), but does not work with
32423 a fixed utf8 encoding (when the list of known LaTeX-commands is ot used,
32424 because all unicode symbols can be encoded in utf8).
32427 \begin_layout Standard
32428 Here is a list with the important encodings:
32431 \begin_layout Description
32435 use language's default encoding
32437 , but the LaTeX-package
32442 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
32443 name "LaTeX-packages ! inputenc"
32448 You probably need to load some other packages manually in the preamble.
32451 \begin_layout Description
32452 armscii8 encoding for Armenian
32455 \begin_layout Description
32456 ascii the ASCII encoding, covers only plain English, may result in a big
32457 file because lots of LaTeX-commands may be needed
32460 \begin_layout Description
32461 cp1250 MS Windows code page for latin2
32464 \begin_layout Description
32465 cp1251 MS Windows code page for Cyrillic
32468 \begin_layout Description
32469 cp1252 MS Windows code page for latin1
32472 \begin_layout Description
32473 cp1255 MS Windows code page for Hebrew, superset of the ISO-8859-8 encoding
32476 \begin_layout Description
32477 cp1256 MS Windows code page for Arabic and Farsi
32480 \begin_layout Description
32481 cp1257 MS Windows code page for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, the ISO-8859-
32482 13 encoding that is a superset of the ISO-8859-4 encoding
32485 \begin_layout Description
32486 iso88595 the ISO-8859-5 encoding, covers Belorussian, Bulgarian, Macedonian,
32487 Serbian, and Ukrainian
32490 \begin_layout Description
32491 iso-8859-7 the ISO-8859-7 encoding, covers Greek
32494 \begin_layout Description
32495 8859-8 the ISO-8859-8 encoding, covers Hebrew
32498 \begin_layout Description
32499 koi8-r standard Cyrillic especially for Russian
32502 \begin_layout Description
32503 koi8-u Cyrillic for Ukrainian
32506 \begin_layout Description
32507 latin1 the ISO-8859-1 encoding, covers the languages Albanian, Catalan,
32508 Danish, Dutch, English, Faroese, Finnish, French, Galician, German, Icelandic,
32509 Irish, Italian, Norwegian, Portuguese, Spanish, and Swedish; should be
32513 \begin_layout Description
32514 latin2 the ISO-8859-2 encoding, covers Albanian, Croatian, Czech, German,
32515 Hungarian, Polish, Romanian, Slovak, and Slovenian
32518 \begin_layout Description
32519 latin3 the ISO-8859-3 encoding, covers Esperanto, Galician, Maltese, and
32523 \begin_layout Description
32524 latin4 the ISO-8859-4 encoding, covers Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian
32527 \begin_layout Description
32528 latin5 the ISO-8859-9 encoding, covers Turkish, like the ISO-8859-1 encoding
32529 where the Icelandic letters are replaced by Turkish ones
32532 \begin_layout Description
32533 latin9 the ISO-8859-15 encoding, like the ISO-8859-1 encoding, but with
32534 the euro currency sign, the
32538 \begin_layout Standard
32547 -ligature and some characters used for French and Finnish; latin9 should
32548 be the replacement for latin1
32551 \begin_layout Description
32552 pt154 Cyrillic for Kazakh
32555 \begin_layout Description
32556 utf8 Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
32561 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
32562 name "LaTeX-packages ! inputenc"
32566 (first variant, for latin symbols and some others).
32569 \begin_layout Description
32570 utf8x Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
32574 (second variant, for greek and CJK symbols and some others).
32577 \begin_layout Description
32578 UTF8 Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
32583 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
32584 name "LaTeX-packages ! CJK"
32588 (for the languages Chinese, Japanese and Korean)
32591 \begin_layout Description
32592 utf8-plain Unicode utf8 to be used with
32596 , which uses Unicode directly, without the help of the LaTeX-package
32604 \begin_layout Standard
32605 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
32606 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
32619 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
32623 \begin_layout Standard
32624 You can adjust here the numbering depth of sections headings as described
32625 in section\InsetSpace ~
32627 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32628 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
32635 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
32639 \begin_layout Standard
32640 You can specify here a citation style using the LaTeX-packages
32643 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
32644 name "LaTeX-packages ! natbib"
32655 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
32656 name "LaTeX-packages ! jurabib"
32661 For a further description see section\InsetSpace ~
32663 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32664 reference "sec:Bibliography"
32671 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
32675 \begin_layout Standard
32676 These options will force LyX to use the LaTeX-packages
32679 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
32680 name "LaTeX-packages ! amsmath"
32689 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
32690 name "LaTeX-packages ! esint"
32696 or to use them automatically when they are needed.
32699 \begin_layout Standard
32704 is needed for many constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in formulas,
32705 assure that you have enabled AMS.
32708 \begin_layout Standard
32713 is used for special integral characters.
32716 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
32720 \begin_layout Standard
32721 The float placement options are described in section
32722 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
32726 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32727 reference "sub:Float-Placement"
32734 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
32738 \begin_layout Standard
32739 Here you can adjust the characters for the itemize levels.
32740 The itemize environment is described in section\InsetSpace ~
32742 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32743 reference "sec:Itemize"
32750 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
32754 \begin_layout Standard
32755 Branches are described in section\InsetSpace ~
32757 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32758 reference "sec:Branches"
32765 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
32770 \begin_layout Standard
32780 \begin_layout Standard
32781 In this text field are entered commands to load special LaTeX-packages or
32782 to define LaTeX-commands.
32783 The preamble is a thing for LaTeX-experts.
32784 You shouldn't enter commands here until you don't exactly know what you
32788 \begin_layout Standard
32789 An introduction in the LaTeX-syntax is given in section\InsetSpace ~
32791 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32792 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
32799 \begin_layout Section
32801 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
32802 name "Menu ! Tools"
32809 \begin_layout Subsection
32813 \begin_layout Standard
32814 Spell checking is explained in section\InsetSpace ~
32816 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32817 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
32824 \begin_layout Subsection
32828 \begin_layout Standard
32829 The thesaurus is described in section\InsetSpace ~
32831 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32832 reference "sec:Thesaurus"
32839 \begin_layout Subsection
32841 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
32849 \begin_layout Standard
32850 Counts the number of words in the actual document or the highlighted document
32854 \begin_layout Subsection
32859 \begin_layout Standard
32867 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
32868 name "TeX Information"
32875 \begin_layout Standard
32876 Shows you a list of the classes and styles installed in your LaTeX-system.
32879 \begin_layout Subsection
32881 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
32882 name "Reconfiguration of LyX"
32887 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
32888 name "LyX ! Reconfigure|see{Reconfiguration of LyX}"
32895 \begin_layout Standard
32896 This menu reconfigures LyX.
32897 That means LyX looks for LaTeX-packages and needed programs, see also section\InsetSpace ~
32899 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32900 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
32907 \begin_layout Subsection
32911 \begin_layout Standard
32912 The preferences dialog is described in detail in chapter
32913 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
32917 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32918 reference "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
32925 \begin_layout Section
32927 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
32935 \begin_layout Standard
32936 This menu opens the documentation files of LyX in the language of LyX's
32940 \begin_layout Standard
32946 shows a LyX-document with informations about the LaTeX-packages and classes
32947 found by LyX (see also section\InsetSpace ~
32949 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32950 reference "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
32957 \begin_layout Section
32959 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
32960 name "sec:Toolbars"
32967 \begin_layout Standard
32968 How to show or hide toolbars is explained in section\InsetSpace ~
32970 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32971 reference "sub:Toolbars"
32978 \begin_layout Standard
32979 It is also possible to define custom toolbars.
32980 This is described in the
32988 \begin_layout Subsection
32990 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
32991 name "Toolbar ! Standard"
32998 \begin_layout Standard
32999 \begin_inset Graphics
33000 filename clipart/StandardToolbar.png
33008 \begin_layout Standard
33009 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
33015 \begin_layout Standard
33016 The standard toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
33021 \begin_layout Standard
33033 \begin_inset Note Note
33036 \begin_layout Standard
33037 This is necessary to left align the following longtables.
33042 manual for more information.
33050 \begin_layout Standard
33051 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
33057 \begin_layout Standard
33058 \begin_inset Tabular
33059 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="2">
33060 <features islongtable="true">
33061 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
33062 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
33064 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33067 \begin_layout Standard
33068 \begin_inset Graphics
33069 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
33079 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33082 \begin_layout Standard
33083 pull-down menu for the paragraph environments
33096 \begin_layout Standard
33097 \begin_inset VSpace -10mm
33103 \begin_layout Standard
33105 \begin_inset Tabular
33106 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
33107 <features islongtable="true">
33108 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
33109 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
33110 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33111 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33114 \begin_layout Standard
33117 \begin_inset Graphics
33118 filename ../images/buffer-new.png
33119 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
33128 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33131 \begin_layout Standard
33134 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33141 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33142 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33145 \begin_layout Standard
33146 \begin_inset Graphics
33147 filename ../images/file-open.png
33148 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
33157 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33160 \begin_layout Standard
33163 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33170 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33171 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33174 \begin_layout Standard
33175 \begin_inset Graphics
33176 filename ../images/buffer-write.png
33177 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
33186 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33189 \begin_layout Standard
33192 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33199 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33200 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33203 \begin_layout Standard
33204 \begin_inset Graphics
33205 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
33206 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 24bp 20bp
33215 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33218 \begin_layout Standard
33221 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33228 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33229 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33232 \begin_layout Standard
33233 \begin_inset Graphics
33234 filename ../images/dialog-show_spellchecker.png
33235 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
33244 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33247 \begin_layout Standard
33250 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33257 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33258 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33261 \begin_layout Standard
33262 \begin_inset Graphics
33263 filename ../images/undo.png
33264 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
33273 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33276 \begin_layout Standard
33279 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33286 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33287 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33290 \begin_layout Standard
33291 \begin_inset Graphics
33292 filename ../images/redo.png
33293 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
33302 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33305 \begin_layout Standard
33308 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33315 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33316 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33319 \begin_layout Standard
33320 \begin_inset Graphics
33321 filename ../images/cut.png
33322 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
33331 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33334 \begin_layout Standard
33337 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33344 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33345 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33348 \begin_layout Standard
33349 \begin_inset Graphics
33350 filename ../images/copy.png
33351 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
33360 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33363 \begin_layout Standard
33366 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33373 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33374 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33377 \begin_layout Standard
33378 \begin_inset Graphics
33379 filename ../images/paste.png
33380 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
33389 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33392 \begin_layout Standard
33395 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33402 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33403 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33406 \begin_layout Standard
33407 \begin_inset Graphics
33408 filename ../images/dialog-show_findreplace.png
33409 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
33410 rotateOrigin center
33419 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33422 \begin_layout Standard
33425 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33426 Find\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
33427 &\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
33434 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33435 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33438 \begin_layout Standard
33439 \begin_inset Graphics
33440 filename ../images/font-emph.png
33441 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
33450 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33453 \begin_layout Standard
33454 Emphasize text, function of the Edit
33456 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
33466 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33467 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33470 \begin_layout Standard
33471 \begin_inset Graphics
33472 filename ../images/font-noun.png
33473 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
33482 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33485 \begin_layout Standard
33486 Set text to noun style, function of the Edit
33488 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
33498 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33499 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33502 \begin_layout Standard
33503 \begin_inset Graphics
33504 filename ../images/font-free-apply.png
33505 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
33514 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33517 \begin_layout Standard
33518 Formats text using the current settings in the
33520 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33530 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33531 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33534 \begin_layout Standard
33535 \begin_inset Graphics
33536 filename ../images/math-mode.png
33537 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
33546 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33549 \begin_layout Standard
33552 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33553 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33554 Inline\InsetSpace ~
33561 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33562 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33565 \begin_layout Standard
33566 \begin_inset Graphics
33567 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
33568 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
33569 rotateOrigin center
33578 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33581 \begin_layout Standard
33584 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33591 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33592 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33595 \begin_layout Standard
33596 \begin_inset Graphics
33597 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
33598 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
33599 rotateOrigin center
33608 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33611 \begin_layout Standard
33614 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33621 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33622 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33625 \begin_layout Standard
33626 \begin_inset Graphics
33627 filename ../images/dialog-toggle_toc.png
33628 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
33629 rotateOrigin center
33638 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33641 \begin_layout Standard
33642 Toggle outline window on/off,
33644 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33651 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33652 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33655 \begin_layout Standard
33656 \begin_inset Graphics
33657 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_math.png
33658 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
33659 rotateOrigin center
33668 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33671 \begin_layout Standard
33672 Toggle math toolbar on/off
33678 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33679 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33682 \begin_layout Standard
33683 \begin_inset Graphics
33684 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_table.png
33685 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
33686 rotateOrigin center
33695 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33698 \begin_layout Standard
33699 Toggle table toolbar on/off
33712 \begin_layout Subsection
33714 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
33715 name "Toolbar ! Extra"
33722 \begin_layout Standard
33723 \begin_inset Graphics
33724 filename clipart/ExtraToolbar.png
33732 \begin_layout Standard
33733 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
33739 \begin_layout Standard
33740 The extra toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
33744 \begin_layout Standard
33745 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
33751 \begin_layout Standard
33752 \begin_inset Tabular
33753 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="23" columns="2">
33754 <features islongtable="true">
33755 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
33756 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
33757 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33758 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33761 \begin_layout Standard
33762 \begin_inset Graphics
33763 filename ../images/layout.png
33764 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
33765 rotateOrigin center
33774 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33777 \begin_layout Standard
33784 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33785 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33788 \begin_layout Standard
33789 \begin_inset Graphics
33790 filename ../images/layout_Enumerate.png
33791 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
33792 rotateOrigin center
33801 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33804 \begin_layout Standard
33811 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33812 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33815 \begin_layout Standard
33816 \begin_inset Graphics
33817 filename ../images/layout_Itemize.png
33818 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
33819 rotateOrigin center
33828 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33831 \begin_layout Standard
33838 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33839 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33842 \begin_layout Standard
33843 \begin_inset Graphics
33844 filename ../images/layout_List.png
33845 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
33846 rotateOrigin center
33855 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33858 \begin_layout Standard
33865 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33866 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33869 \begin_layout Standard
33870 \begin_inset Graphics
33871 filename ../images/layout_Description.png
33872 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
33873 rotateOrigin center
33882 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33885 \begin_layout Standard
33892 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33893 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33896 \begin_layout Standard
33897 \begin_inset Graphics
33898 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
33899 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
33900 rotateOrigin center
33909 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33912 \begin_layout Standard
33915 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33916 Increase\InsetSpace ~
33924 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33925 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33928 \begin_layout Standard
33929 \begin_inset Graphics
33930 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
33931 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
33932 rotateOrigin center
33941 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33944 \begin_layout Standard
33947 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33948 Decrease\InsetSpace ~
33956 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33957 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33960 \begin_layout Standard
33961 \begin_inset Graphics
33962 filename ../images/float-insert_figure.png
33963 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
33972 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33975 \begin_layout Standard
33978 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33979 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33986 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33987 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33990 \begin_layout Standard
33991 \begin_inset Graphics
33992 filename ../images/float-insert_table.png
33993 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
34002 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34005 \begin_layout Standard
34008 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34009 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34016 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34017 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34020 \begin_layout Standard
34021 \begin_inset Graphics
34022 filename ../images/label-insert.png
34023 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
34032 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34035 \begin_layout Standard
34038 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34045 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34046 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34049 \begin_layout Standard
34050 \begin_inset Graphics
34051 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
34052 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
34061 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34064 \begin_layout Standard
34067 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34074 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34075 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34078 \begin_layout Standard
34079 \begin_inset Graphics
34080 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
34081 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
34090 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34093 \begin_layout Standard
34096 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34103 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34104 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34107 \begin_layout Standard
34108 \begin_inset Graphics
34109 filename ../images/index-insert.png
34110 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
34119 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34122 \begin_layout Standard
34125 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34133 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34134 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34137 \begin_layout Standard
34138 \begin_inset Graphics
34139 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
34140 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
34149 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34152 \begin_layout Standard
34155 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34156 Nomenclature\InsetSpace ~
34163 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34164 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34167 \begin_layout Standard
34168 \begin_inset Graphics
34169 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
34170 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
34179 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34182 \begin_layout Standard
34185 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34192 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34193 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34196 \begin_layout Standard
34197 \begin_inset Graphics
34198 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
34199 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
34200 rotateOrigin center
34209 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34212 \begin_layout Standard
34215 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34216 Marginal\InsetSpace ~
34223 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34224 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34227 \begin_layout Standard
34228 \begin_inset Graphics
34229 filename ../images/note-insert.png
34230 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
34239 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34242 \begin_layout Standard
34245 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34246 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34254 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34255 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34258 \begin_layout Standard
34259 \begin_inset Graphics
34260 filename ../images/url-insert.png
34261 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
34270 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34273 \begin_layout Standard
34276 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34283 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34284 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34287 \begin_layout Standard
34288 \begin_inset Graphics
34289 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
34290 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
34299 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34302 \begin_layout Standard
34305 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34312 \begin_layout Standard
34327 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34328 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34331 \begin_layout Standard
34332 \begin_inset Graphics
34333 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_include.png
34334 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
34343 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34346 \begin_layout Standard
34349 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34350 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34358 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34359 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34362 \begin_layout Standard
34363 \begin_inset Graphics
34364 filename ../images/dialog-show_character.png
34365 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
34366 rotateOrigin center
34375 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34378 \begin_layout Standard
34381 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34389 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34390 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34393 \begin_layout Standard
34394 \begin_inset Graphics
34395 filename ../images/layout-paragraph.png
34396 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
34397 rotateOrigin center
34406 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34409 \begin_layout Standard
34412 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34413 Paragraph\InsetSpace ~
34420 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34421 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34424 \begin_layout Standard
34425 \begin_inset Graphics
34426 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
34427 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
34428 rotateOrigin center
34437 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34440 \begin_layout Standard
34443 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34457 \begin_layout Subsection
34458 View / Update Toolbar
34459 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
34460 name "Toolbar ! View / Update"
34467 \begin_layout Standard
34468 \begin_inset Graphics
34469 filename clipart/ViewToolbar.png
34476 \begin_layout Standard
34477 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
34483 \begin_layout Standard
34484 The view / update toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the
34488 \begin_layout Standard
34489 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
34495 \begin_layout Standard
34496 \begin_inset Tabular
34497 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="6" columns="2">
34498 <features islongtable="true">
34499 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
34500 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
34501 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34502 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34505 \begin_layout Standard
34506 \begin_inset Graphics
34507 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
34508 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
34509 rotateOrigin center
34518 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34521 \begin_layout Standard
34524 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34531 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34532 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34535 \begin_layout Standard
34536 \begin_inset Graphics
34537 filename ../images/buffer-update_dvi.png
34538 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
34539 rotateOrigin center
34548 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34551 \begin_layout Standard
34554 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34555 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34562 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34563 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34566 \begin_layout Standard
34567 \begin_inset Graphics
34568 filename ../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
34569 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
34570 rotateOrigin center
34579 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34582 \begin_layout Standard
34585 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34592 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34593 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34596 \begin_layout Standard
34597 \begin_inset Graphics
34598 filename ../images/buffer-update_pdf2.png
34599 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
34600 rotateOrigin center
34609 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34612 \begin_layout Standard
34615 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34616 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34621 \begin_layout Standard
34622 This button is on some LyX for Windows installations not here because its
34623 functionality is merged with
34625 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34640 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34641 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34644 \begin_layout Standard
34645 \begin_inset Graphics
34646 filename ../images/buffer-view_ps.png
34647 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
34648 rotateOrigin center
34657 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34660 \begin_layout Standard
34663 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34670 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34671 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34674 \begin_layout Standard
34675 \begin_inset Graphics
34676 filename ../images/buffer-update_ps.png
34677 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
34678 rotateOrigin center
34687 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34690 \begin_layout Standard
34693 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34694 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34708 \begin_layout Subsection
34712 \begin_layout Standard
34713 The change tracking toolbar is explained in section\InsetSpace ~
34715 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
34716 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
34720 , the table toolbar
34721 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
34722 name "Toolbar ! Table"
34726 is explained in the
34733 \begin_layout Chapter
34739 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
34740 name "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
34745 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
34746 name "Dialogs ! Preferences"
34753 \begin_layout Standard
34754 The preferences dialog is called with the menu Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34756 It consists of submenus explained in the following.
34759 \begin_layout Section
34763 \begin_layout Subsection
34765 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
34771 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
34772 name "Customization ! of toolbars"
34777 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
34778 name "Customization ! of menus"
34785 \begin_layout Standard
34786 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
34789 \begin_layout Standard
34794 You have to restart LyX before changes in ui- and bind-files take effect.
34802 \begin_layout Subsubsection
34803 User Interface File
34804 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
34805 name "Customization ! of toolbars"
34810 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
34811 name "Customization ! of menus"
34818 \begin_layout Standard
34819 The appearance of the menus and toolbars can be changed by choosing an user
34820 interface (ui) file.
34821 An ui-file is a textfile where the toolbars and menus are listed.
34822 The toolbar buttons and menu entries are specified in the files
34831 To create your own menu and toolbar layout, start with a copy of these
34832 files and edit the entries.
34835 \begin_layout Standard
34836 The syntax of the .inc-files is straightforward: The
34848 entries must be ended with an explicit
34873 and in the case of the
34874 \begin_inset Quotes eld
34878 \begin_inset Quotes erd
34886 The syntax for the entries is:
34889 \begin_layout Standard
34890 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
34896 \begin_inset Quotes erd
34899 menu or button name
34900 \begin_inset Quotes erd
34904 \begin_inset Quotes erd
34908 \begin_inset Quotes erd
34914 \begin_layout Standard
34916 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
34919 All LyX-functions are listed in
34920 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
34928 \begin_layout Standard
34929 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
34935 \begin_layout Standard
34936 An example: Assuming you use the menu
34938 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34941 quite often and therefore want six available bookmarks, you can add the
34945 \begin_layout Standard
34946 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
34951 Item "Save Bookmark 6" "bookmark-save 6"
34954 \begin_layout Standard
34956 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
34959 to the navigate menu section in the .inc-file to have the sixth bookmark.
34962 \begin_layout Subsubsection
34964 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
34972 \begin_layout Standard
34973 Bindings are used to bind a function to a key.
34974 Several binding files are available:
34977 \begin_layout Description
34978 cua.bind typical set of PC keyboard shortcuts
34981 \begin_layout Description
34982 (x)emacs.bind set of bindings like they are used in the editor programs
34993 \begin_layout Description
34994 mac.bind set of bindings for Mac\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
34998 \begin_layout Standard
34999 There are also bind-files designed for special document classes, like
35003 , and bind files for special languages.
35004 The name of language bind-files begin with a language code, e.g.
35006 \begin_inset Quotes eld
35010 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35014 If you use LyX in a certain language, LyX will try to use the appropriate
35018 \begin_layout Standard
35019 Some bind-files, like
35023 , have only a small scope.
35024 When looking at the the end of the file
35028 , you can see that they are included to keep the overview in the bind-file.
35031 \begin_layout Standard
35032 If you like to customize the keybindings to your own taste, modify the bind-file
35033 s with a text editor.
35034 The syntax of the entries is:
35037 \begin_layout Standard
35043 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35047 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35051 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35055 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35061 \begin_layout Standard
35062 All LyX-functions are listed in
35063 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
35071 \begin_layout Subsubsection
35075 \begin_layout Standard
35078 Save\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
35079 /\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
35080 restore window size, or use fixed size
35082 is not checked, you can specify the size of LyX's main window when LyX
35086 \begin_layout Standard
35089 Save\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
35090 /\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
35091 restore window position
35093 LyX will be opened with its main window at the last used position.
35096 \begin_layout Standard
35099 Restore cursor positions
35101 sets the cursor to the position in the file where it has been the last
35105 \begin_layout Standard
35108 Load opened files from last session
35110 opens all files that were opened in the last LyX session.
35113 \begin_layout Subsubsection
35115 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
35116 name "sub:Backup documents"
35121 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
35122 name "Backup ! Documents"
35129 \begin_layout Standard
35134 is set, you can specify the time between backup saves.
35137 \begin_layout Standard
35142 is the number of last opened files that LyX should display in the menu
35145 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35152 \begin_layout Subsubsection
35156 \begin_layout Standard
35159 Cursor follows scrollbar
35161 sets the cursor to the top of the currently displayed document part when
35165 \begin_layout Subsection
35167 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
35168 name "Font ! Screen"
35173 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
35174 name "sub:Screen-Fonts"
35181 \begin_layout Standard
35182 These fonts are used to display your documents on the screen.
35185 \begin_layout Standard
35186 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
35189 \begin_layout Standard
35194 This section only deals with the fonts
35199 The fonts that appear on the output are independent from these fonts, and
35202 Layout\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35213 \begin_layout Standard
35214 By default, LyX uses
35218 as roman (serif) font,
35226 (depends on the system) as
35242 \begin_layout Standard
35243 You can change the font size with the
35250 \begin_layout Standard
35255 is the screen resolution in dpi (dots per inch).
35256 The Font Sizes are calculated as letter height in units of points.
35257 72\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
35258 points have the size of 1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
35259 inch, see Appendix\InsetSpace ~
35261 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
35262 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
35269 \begin_layout Standard
35274 are the same as if a document font size of 10
35275 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
35279 The sizes are explained in detail in section\InsetSpace ~
35281 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
35282 reference "sub:Document-Font"
35289 \begin_layout Subsection
35293 \begin_layout Standard
35294 You can here change all colors used by LyX.
35295 Choose an item in the list and use the
35302 \begin_layout Subsection
35306 \begin_layout Standard
35307 Here you can specify how graphics inside LyX are displayed.
35310 \begin_layout Standard
35315 enables previewing snippets of your document.
35316 This feature is described in section\InsetSpace ~
35318 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
35319 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
35326 \begin_layout Subsection
35328 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
35329 name "Keyboard Map"
35334 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
35335 name "sub:Keyboard-Map"
35342 \begin_layout Standard
35343 Normally keyboard settings have to be done in a menu of your operating system.
35344 For the case that this is not possible, LyX provides keyboard maps.
35345 If you have e.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
35347 a Czech keyboard but want to write with it like with a Romanian
35348 one, you can use the keyboard map file named
35355 \begin_layout Standard
35356 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
35359 \begin_layout Standard
35364 Keyboard maps are only provided as makeshift and don't work on all systems.
35372 \begin_layout Section
35374 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
35375 name "Directory settings"
35382 \begin_layout Description
35383 Working\InsetSpace ~
35384 directory This is LyX's working directory.
35385 It is the default when you
35401 \begin_layout Description
35402 Document\InsetSpace ~
35403 templates This directory will be opened when you use the menu
35405 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35413 \begin_layout Description
35414 Backup\InsetSpace ~
35416 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
35417 name "Backup ! Directory"
35421 Backup copies will be saved to this directory.
35422 When no directory is given but backups are enabled as described in section\InsetSpace ~
35424 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
35425 reference "sub:Backup documents"
35433 will be used to save the backups.
35435 The backup files have the ending
35436 \begin_inset Quotes eld
35440 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35446 \begin_layout Description
35451 \begin_layout Standard
35458 XServer-Pipe Here you can enter the name of a Unix-pipe.
35459 This pipe is used to send data from external programs to LyX.
35462 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
35465 \begin_layout Standard
35470 This feature doesn't work on Windows systems.
35478 \begin_layout Description
35479 Temporary\InsetSpace ~
35480 directory Temporary files will be saved in this directory.
35483 \begin_layout Description
35485 prefix This field contains a list of paths to external programs.
35486 When LyX needs to use an external program, it looks in this list where
35487 to find it on the system.
35488 The path list is automatically set up on Windows and Mac systems while
35489 LyX is configured, so that you normally don't have to modify it.
35490 On Unix\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
35491 /\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
35492 Linux systems, the path list will need to be set only if there
35493 are external programs you wish to use that are not in your normal system
35498 \begin_layout Section
35502 \begin_layout Standard
35503 Here you can insert your name and email address.
35504 The identity will be used when you have enabled change tracking as described
35505 in section\InsetSpace ~
35507 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
35508 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
35512 , to mark changes you make as yours.
35515 \begin_layout Section
35519 \begin_layout Subsection
35523 \begin_layout Description
35524 Default\InsetSpace ~
35525 language is the language used in new documents
35528 \begin_layout Description
35529 Language\InsetSpace ~
35530 package is a LaTeX-command to load a LaTeX-package that handles
35532 The default is the LaTeX-command
35538 that loads the package
35546 \begin_layout Standard
35547 For an introduction to the LaTeX-Syntax, have a look at section\InsetSpace ~
35549 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
35550 reference "sec:ERT"
35565 translates in the background automatically text labels of documents to
35566 the document language.
35567 A text label is for instance the word
35568 \begin_inset Quotes eld
35572 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35575 at the beginning of every table-caption.
35578 \begin_layout Description
35579 Command\InsetSpace ~
35580 start When a special LaTeX-package is needed to write in a certain
35581 document language, you can here specify the command to start the package.
35582 An example is the start command
35588 that is needed to write Arabic using the package
35593 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
35601 \begin_layout Description
35602 Command\InsetSpace ~
35608 Some packages, like the default, don't have an end command since the start
35609 command toggles the package on and off.
35612 \begin_layout Description
35614 babel Whether babel is used or not.
35617 \begin_layout Description
35618 Global When this option is set, the languages used in the document will
35619 be added as options to the document class options, so that they can be
35620 used by all LaTeX-packages.
35621 Otherwise they will only be used as options for the
35628 \begin_layout Description
35633 \begin_layout Description
35643 \begin_layout Description
35645 foreign\InsetSpace ~
35646 languages Text marked formatted in a language different from
35647 the document language will be underlined blue.
35650 \begin_layout Description
35654 language\InsetSpace ~
35655 support Enables the use of languages, written from right
35656 to left, like Arabic, Hebrew, Farsi.
35659 \begin_layout Subsection
35663 \begin_layout Standard
35664 The spellchecker settings are explained in section\InsetSpace ~
35666 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
35667 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
35674 \begin_layout Section
35678 \begin_layout Subsection
35680 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
35686 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
35687 name "Printer Settings"
35694 \begin_layout Description
35695 Default\InsetSpace ~
35696 printer Here you can specify the name of your default printer.
35697 The name will be used when the
35704 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
35707 \begin_layout Standard
35712 You can leave this field empty on Windows systems because it has there
35721 \begin_layout Description
35723 output\InsetSpace ~
35725 printer This option works only for the
35730 \begin_inset Quotes eld
35738 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35742 It activates a configuration file for dvips.
35743 This is an option only for dvips experts.
35746 \begin_layout Description
35747 Printer\InsetSpace ~
35748 command is the command LyX\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
35749 /\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
35750 LaTeX uses for printing.
35751 The default is on most systems
35758 \begin_layout Description
35759 Printer\InsetSpace ~
35760 Command\InsetSpace ~
35761 Options Here you can specify printer options.
35762 A list of printer options with explanations can be found in the documentation
35763 of the program that provides the
35770 \begin_layout Subsection
35772 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
35780 \begin_layout Standard
35781 The date format can be one or a mixture of the formats listed here:
35784 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
35785 target "http://unixhelp.ed.ac.uk/CGI/man-cgi?date"
35791 For example the format
35795 prints the date as day/month/year.
35798 \begin_layout Subsection
35802 \begin_layout Description
35803 Output\InsetSpace ~
35805 length sets the maximum number of characters printed in one line
35806 when using the menu
35808 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35809 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35814 Setting the line line length to 0 means all text is printed in one endless
35818 \begin_layout Description
35820 command defines an additional command used to produce better ASCII tables
35825 UNIX-commands (refer to their manuals for more information about them).
35826 Setting this as empty tells LyX to use the internal formatter.
35829 \begin_layout Subsection
35834 \begin_layout Standard
35842 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
35843 name "sub:LaTeX-settings"
35850 \begin_layout Description
35855 \begin_layout Standard
35863 encoding This is the default encoding of the document font.
35868 is the default and covers western languages and symbols.
35890 Combinations of the encodings are possible, like
35891 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35899 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35903 The font encoding is normally automatically loaded by the language packages
35904 LyX sets up in the background.
35905 So there is no need to change the default encoding.
35908 \begin_layout Description
35909 Default\InsetSpace ~
35911 size This is the paper size that is used for new documents.
35916 value depends on your LaTeX-system setup.
35919 \begin_layout Description
35922 options\InsetSpace ~
35924 document\InsetSpace ~
35925 classes\InsetSpace ~
35926 changes Removes all manually set document
35927 class options in the
35929 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35932 dialog when changing the document class.
35935 \begin_layout Standard
35938 External Applications
35940 field you can specify commands with parameters for the listed applications.
35941 Before you change something here, it is strongly recommended to read the
35942 manuals of the applications.
35943 Currently the following commands can be set:
35946 \begin_layout Description
35951 \begin_layout Standard
35962 \begin_layout Description
35967 \begin_layout Standard
35975 command Command for the program
35979 that generates the bibliography, see section\InsetSpace ~
35981 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
35982 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
35989 \begin_layout Description
35991 command Command for the program that generates the index, see section\InsetSpace ~
35993 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
35994 reference "sub:Index-Program"
36001 \begin_layout Description
36003 viewer\InsetSpace ~
36006 options They only have an effect when the program
36010 is used as DVI-viewer.
36013 \begin_layout Subsection
36017 \begin_layout Standard
36020 Use Windows-style paths in LaTeX files
36022 uses the Windows path style:
36025 \begin_layout Standard
36033 \begin_layout Standard
36034 instead of the Unix path style:
36037 \begin_layout Standard
36041 \begin_layout Section
36045 \begin_layout Standard
36046 Here you find the list of defined converter commands to convert material
36047 from one format to another.
36048 You can modify them or create new ones.
36049 To modify a converter, select it, change the entry of the field
36053 and\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
36054 /\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
36060 , and press then the
36065 To create a new converter, select an existing one, select a different format
36071 and\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
36072 /\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
36078 drop-down list, modify the
36082 field, and press the
36089 \begin_layout Standard
36092 Converter File Cache
36094 is enabled, conversions will be cached as long as specified in the field
36097 Maximum Age (in days
36100 This means that images don't need to be converted again when you reopen
36101 a document; the converted images from the cache will be used instead.
36104 \begin_layout Standard
36105 More about converters, like the variables and flags that can be used in
36106 the converter definition, is described in section
36117 \begin_layout Section
36121 \begin_layout Standard
36122 The first step is to define your file formats, e.g.
36123 PDF, if they are not already defined.
36126 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36127 Preferences:Converters
36130 Enter a new format name; a new GUI name (used in, e.g., the View and Export
36131 menus); and a file extension.
36132 These are required.
36136 \begin_layout Standard
36137 There are also two flags that can be set using the checkboxes in the dialog.
36142 flag tells LyX that a format is suitable for document export.
36143 If this flag is set for a format, and if a suitable conversion route exists,
36144 then the format will appear in the
36146 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36150 The format will also appear in the
36154 menu if it has a viewer associated with it.
36155 (See below.) Pure image formats (e.g.\InsetSpace ~
36160 ) should not have this flag set; formats that can both represent vector
36161 graphics and documents (e.g.\InsetSpace ~
36166 ) should have it set.
36169 \begin_layout Standard
36174 flag tells LyX whether a format can contain vector graphics.
36175 This information is used to determine the target format of included graphics
36181 Included graphics may need to be converted to either
36197 cannot handle other image formats.
36198 If an included graphic is not already in
36210 format, it is converted to
36218 flag of the format is set, and otherwise to
36225 \begin_layout Standard
36226 A Format can have a Viewer associated with it.
36227 For example, you might want to use
36231 to look at PostScript® files, or
36235 to preview the LaTeX output.
36236 You can enter the program to use as a viewer (and what options to pass
36237 to it) in the Viewer field.
36238 You can also modify the viewer associated with a pre-defined format simply
36239 by changing what you find in this field, clicking the
36243 button, and then (if you're sure you want to do this) clicking the
36255 \begin_layout Standard
36256 Changes to the formats are kept in the
36260 file in you local LyX directory (for example,
36265 If you want to restore the defaults, edit this file and delete the lines
36266 in the Formats and Converters sections.
36271 For example, to change the
36279 format in the dialog, change the viewer to be
36283 (or whatever), and hit
36290 \begin_layout Standard
36291 If the operating system has a default viewer associated to a format, this
36292 viewer is used instead of the one defined here in the Windows® and OS X
36294 (It is planned to implement this feature on other platforms.)
36297 \begin_layout Standard
36298 Editors are like viewers: Each Format can have an Editor associated to it,
36299 entered in the Editor field, and the editor associated with a format can
36302 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36303 Preferences:Converters
36306 LyX will launch the associated editor whenever an included file
36310 \begin_layout Standard
36311 This can be an included
36315 file, a verbatim included text file, external material or an included graphics
36321 needs to be edited.
36324 \begin_layout Section
36328 \begin_layout Standard
36329 Each Format can have a Copier associated with it.
36330 These are defined in the
36335 ools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36343 Since all conversions from one Format to another take place in LyX's temporary
36344 directory, it is sometimes necessary to modify a file before copying it
36345 to the temporary directory in order that the conversion may be performed.
36349 \begin_layout Standard
36350 For example, the file may refer to other files---images, for example---using
36351 relative filenames, and these may become invalid when the file is copied
36352 to the temporary directory.
36357 This is done by the Copier: It copies a file to (or from) the temporary
36358 directory and may modify it in the process.
36362 \begin_layout Standard
36363 Copiers may also be used for other purposes.
36364 For example, if appropriate converters are found, LyX will automatically
36365 install copiers for the html and wordhtml formats.
36366 When these formats are exported, the copier sees to it that not just the
36367 main HTML file but various associated files (style files, images, and the
36368 like) are also copied, and all these files are written to a subdirectory
36369 of the directory in which the original LyX file was found.
36370 The copier may of course be customized.
36371 The optional -e argument takes a comma-separated list of extensions to
36372 be copied; if it is omitted, all files will be copied.
36373 The -t argument determines the extension added to the generated directory.
36375 \begin_inset Quotes eld
36379 \begin_inset Quotes erd
36382 , so HTML generated from
36384 /path/to/filename.lyx
36388 /path/to/filename.html.LyXconv
36394 \begin_layout Standard
36395 The definitions of the copiers may use four variables:
36398 \begin_layout Labeling
36399 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
36400 $$s The LyX system directory (e.g.,
36407 \begin_layout Labeling
36408 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
36412 \begin_layout Labeling
36413 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
36414 $$o The output file
36417 \begin_layout Labeling
36418 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
36419 $$l The `LaTeX name'
36422 \begin_layout Standard
36423 The latter is to be given in a form suitable for inclusion in a LaTeX
36429 command and is relevant only when exporting files suitable for such inclusion.
36432 \begin_layout Chapter
36433 Units available in LyX
36434 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
36440 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
36441 name "cha:Units-available-in"
36448 \begin_layout Standard
36449 To understand the units described in this documentation,
36450 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
36451 reference "cap:Units"
36455 explains all units available in LyX.
36458 \begin_layout Standard
36459 \begin_inset Float table
36465 \begin_layout Standard
36466 \begin_inset Caption
36468 \begin_layout Standard
36469 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
36482 \begin_layout Standard
36483 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
36489 \begin_layout Standard
36491 \begin_inset Tabular
36492 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
36494 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0">
36495 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0">
36496 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
36497 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36500 \begin_layout Standard
36506 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36509 \begin_layout Standard
36516 <row topline="true">
36517 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36520 \begin_layout Standard
36526 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36529 \begin_layout Standard
36536 <row topline="true">
36537 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36540 \begin_layout Standard
36546 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36549 \begin_layout Standard
36556 <row topline="true">
36557 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36560 \begin_layout Standard
36566 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36569 \begin_layout Standard
36576 <row topline="true">
36577 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36580 \begin_layout Standard
36586 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36589 \begin_layout Standard
36590 point (72.27\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
36591 pt = 1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
36598 <row topline="true">
36599 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36602 \begin_layout Standard
36608 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36611 \begin_layout Standard
36612 pica (1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
36613 pc = 12\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
36620 <row topline="true">
36621 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36624 \begin_layout Standard
36630 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36633 \begin_layout Standard
36634 scaled point (65536\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
36635 sp = 1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
36642 <row topline="true">
36643 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36646 \begin_layout Standard
36652 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36655 \begin_layout Standard
36656 big point (72\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
36657 bp = 1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
36664 <row topline="true">
36665 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36668 \begin_layout Standard
36674 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36677 \begin_layout Standard
36678 didot (72\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
36680 \begin_inset Formula $\approx$
36683 37.6\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
36690 <row topline="true">
36691 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36694 \begin_layout Standard
36700 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36703 \begin_layout Standard
36704 cicero (1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
36705 cc = 12\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
36712 <row topline="true">
36713 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36716 \begin_layout Standard
36722 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36725 \begin_layout Standard
36726 % of original image width
36732 <row topline="true">
36733 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36736 \begin_layout Standard
36742 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36745 \begin_layout Standard
36752 <row topline="true">
36753 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36756 \begin_layout Standard
36762 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36765 \begin_layout Standard
36772 <row topline="true">
36773 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36776 \begin_layout Standard
36782 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36785 \begin_layout Standard
36792 <row topline="true">
36793 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36796 \begin_layout Standard
36802 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36805 \begin_layout Standard
36812 <row topline="true">
36813 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36816 \begin_layout Standard
36822 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36825 \begin_layout Standard
36832 <row topline="true">
36833 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36836 \begin_layout Standard
36842 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36845 \begin_layout Standard
36852 <row topline="true">
36853 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36856 \begin_layout Standard
36862 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36865 \begin_layout Standard
36876 <row topline="true">
36877 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36880 \begin_layout Standard
36886 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36889 \begin_layout Standard
36900 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
36901 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36904 \begin_layout Standard
36910 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36913 \begin_layout Standard
36914 math unit (1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
36915 mu = 1/18\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
36934 \begin_layout Chapter
36936 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
36944 \begin_layout Standard
36945 The documentation is a collaborative effort between many different people
36946 (and we would encourage people to contribute!).
36949 \begin_layout Itemize
36952 Alejandro Aguilar Sierra
36955 \begin_layout Itemize
36961 \begin_layout Itemize
36967 \begin_layout Itemize
36973 \begin_layout Itemize
36979 \begin_layout Itemize
36985 \begin_layout Itemize
36991 \begin_layout Itemize
36997 \begin_layout Itemize
37000 Lars Gullik Bjønnes
37003 \begin_layout Itemize
37009 \begin_layout Itemize
37015 \begin_layout Itemize
37021 \begin_layout Itemize
37027 \begin_layout Itemize
37033 \begin_layout Itemize
37039 \begin_layout Itemize
37045 \begin_layout Itemize
37051 \begin_layout Itemize
37053 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
37061 \begin_layout Standard
37064 Bibliography created with the
37071 \begin_layout Bibliography
37072 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
37082 \begin_layout Standard
37086 addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{
37096 \begin_inset Note Note
37099 \begin_layout Standard
37106 is explained in the
37111 It creates a TOC entry.
37114 \begin_layout Standard
37115 A manual TOC entry for the bibliography is only necessary because we use
37116 two different ones in one document.
37125 \begin_layout Standard
37129 href{http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS}{
37138 \begin_layout Standard
37146 \begin_inset Note Note
37149 \begin_layout Standard
37156 is explained in the
37161 It creates a hyperlink.
37169 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
37170 target "http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS"
37177 \begin_layout Bibliography
37178 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
37179 key "latexcompanion"
37183 Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens:
37185 The LaTeX Companion Second Edition.
37188 Addison-Wesley, 2004
37191 \begin_layout Bibliography
37192 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
37197 Helmut Kopka and Patrick W.
37200 A Guide to LaTeX Fourth Edition.
37203 Addison-Wesley, 2003
37206 \begin_layout Bibliography
37207 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
37214 LaTeX: A Document Preparation System.
37217 Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1994
37220 \begin_layout Bibliography
37221 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
37233 Addison-Wesley, 1984
37236 \begin_layout Bibliography
37237 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
37245 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
37246 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/bytopic.html"
37253 \begin_layout Bibliography
37254 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
37260 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
37261 name "The LaTeX FAQ:"
37262 target "http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html"
37269 \begin_layout Bibliography
37270 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
37279 \begin_layout Standard
37283 href{http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi}{
37292 \begin_layout Standard
37306 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
37307 target "http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi"
37314 \begin_layout Bibliography
37315 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
37324 \begin_layout Standard
37328 href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf}{
37337 \begin_layout Standard
37344 of the LaTeX-package
37349 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
37350 name "LaTeX-packages ! caption"
37357 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
37358 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf"
37365 \begin_layout Bibliography
37366 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
37375 \begin_layout Standard
37379 href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf}
37389 \begin_layout Standard
37396 of the LaTeX-package
37401 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
37402 name "LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr"
37409 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
37410 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf"
37417 \begin_layout Bibliography
37418 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
37427 \begin_layout Standard
37431 href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/floatflt/floatflt.pdf}
37441 \begin_layout Standard
37448 of the LaTeX-package
37453 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
37454 name "LaTeX-packages ! floatflt"
37461 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
37462 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/floatflt/floatflt.pdf"
37469 \begin_layout Bibliography
37470 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
37479 \begin_layout Standard
37483 href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf}{
37492 \begin_layout Standard
37499 of the LaTeX-package
37504 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
37505 name "LaTeX-packages ! nomencl"
37512 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
37513 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf"
37520 \begin_layout Bibliography
37521 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
37530 \begin_layout Standard
37534 href{http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf}{
37543 \begin_layout Standard
37550 of the LaTeX-package
37555 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
37556 name "LaTeX-packages ! tipa"
37563 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
37564 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf"
37571 \begin_layout Bibliography
37572 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
37581 \begin_layout Standard
37585 href{http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX}{
37594 \begin_layout Standard
37601 how to use LyX with XeTeX:
37604 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
37605 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX"
37612 \begin_layout Bibliography
37613 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
37622 \begin_layout Standard
37626 href{http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic}{
37635 \begin_layout Standard
37642 how to set up LyX for Arabic:
37645 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
37646 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic"
37653 \begin_layout Bibliography
37654 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
37663 \begin_layout Standard
37667 href{http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian}{
37676 \begin_layout Standard
37683 how to set up LyX for Armenian:
37686 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
37687 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian"
37694 \begin_layout Bibliography
37695 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
37704 \begin_layout Standard
37708 href{http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi}{
37717 \begin_layout Standard
37724 how to set up LyX for Farsi:
37727 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
37728 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi"
37735 \begin_layout Bibliography
37736 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
37745 \begin_layout Standard
37749 href{http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew}{
37758 \begin_layout Standard
37765 how to set up LyX for Hebrew:
37768 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
37769 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew"
37776 \begin_layout Bibliography
37777 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
37786 \begin_layout Standard
37790 href{http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LyxFunctionList1-5-1}{
37799 \begin_layout Standard
37806 with a list of all available LyX-functions:
37809 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
37810 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LyxFunctionList1-5-1"
37817 \begin_layout Standard
37821 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibtex
37822 options "biblio/alphadin"
37823 bibfiles "biblio/LyXDocs"
37830 \begin_layout Standard
37831 The above bibliography is created from a BibTeX-database.
37834 \begin_layout Standard
37838 \begin_layout Standard
37842 addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{
37852 \begin_inset Note Note
37855 \begin_layout Standard
37862 is explained in the
37867 It creates a TOC entry.
37870 \begin_layout Standard
37871 A manual TOC entry for the bibliography is only necessary because we use
37872 two different ones in one document.
37880 \begin_layout Standard
37883 \begin_inset LatexCommand printnomenclature
37888 \begin_inset LatexCommand printindex